diff --git a/docs/dyn/adexchangebuyer_v1_4.pubprofiles.html b/docs/dyn/adexchangebuyer_v1_4.pubprofiles.html
index 5c6f83d027c..525d7a0cbfa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/adexchangebuyer_v1_4.pubprofiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/adexchangebuyer_v1_4.pubprofiles.html
@@ -113,10 +113,10 @@
Method Details
"overview": "A String", # Publisher provided overview.
"profileId": 42, # The pair of (seller.account_id, profile_id) uniquely identifies a publisher profile for a given publisher.
"programmaticContact": "A String", # Programmatic contact for the publisher profile.
- "publisherAppIds": [ # The list of app IDs represented in this pubisher profile. Empty if this is a parent profile. Deprecated in favor of publisher_app.
+ "publisherAppIds": [ # The list of app IDs represented in this publisher profile. Empty if this is a parent profile. Deprecated in favor of publisher_app.
"A String",
],
- "publisherApps": [ # The list of apps represented in this pubisher profile. Empty if this is a parent profile.
+ "publisherApps": [ # The list of apps represented in this publisher profile. Empty if this is a parent profile.
{
"appStore": "A String",
"externalAppId": "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
index 3d1f4aa5bb6..8db650a587a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
@@ -356,6 +356,28 @@ Method Details
"packageName": "A String", # Immutable. The package name for the app being measured. Example: "com.example.myandroidapp"
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
},
+ "conversionEvent": { # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property. # A snapshot of a ConversionEvent resource in change history.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this conversion event was created in the property.
+ "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase'
+ "isDeletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}
+ },
+ "customDimension": { # A definition for a CustomDimension. # A snapshot of a CustomDimension resource in change history.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension.
+ },
+ "customMetric": { # A definition for a custom metric. # A snapshot of a CustomMetric resource in change history.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type for the custom metric's value.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this custom metric.
+ },
"firebaseLink": { # A link between an GA4 property and a Firebase project. # A snapshot of a FirebaseLink resource in change history.
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created.
"maximumUserAccess": "A String", # Maximum user access to the GA4 property allowed to admins of the linked Firebase project.
@@ -418,6 +440,28 @@ Method Details
"packageName": "A String", # Immutable. The package name for the app being measured. Example: "com.example.myandroidapp"
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
},
+ "conversionEvent": { # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property. # A snapshot of a ConversionEvent resource in change history.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this conversion event was created in the property.
+ "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase'
+ "isDeletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}
+ },
+ "customDimension": { # A definition for a CustomDimension. # A snapshot of a CustomDimension resource in change history.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension.
+ },
+ "customMetric": { # A definition for a custom metric. # A snapshot of a CustomMetric resource in change history.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type for the custom metric's value.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this custom metric.
+ },
"firebaseLink": { # A link between an GA4 property and a Firebase project. # A snapshot of a FirebaseLink resource in change history.
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created.
"maximumUserAccess": "A String", # Maximum user access to the GA4 property allowed to admins of the linked Firebase project.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.conversionEvents.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.conversionEvents.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5302c43ed65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.conversionEvents.html
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+
+
+
+
+Instance Methods
+
+ close()
+Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Creates a conversion event with the specified attributes.
+
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+Deletes a conversion event in a property.
+
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+Retrieve a single conversion event.
+
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Returns a list of conversion events in the specified parent property. Returns an empty list if no conversion events are found.
+
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+Retrieves the next page of results.
+Method Details
+
+
close()
+
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+
+
+
create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+
Creates a conversion event with the specified attributes.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent property where this conversion event will be created. Format: properties/123 (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this conversion event was created in the property.
+ "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase'
+ "isDeletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this conversion event was created in the property.
+ "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase'
+ "isDeletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}
+}
+
+
+
+
delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+
Deletes a conversion event in a property.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The resource name of the conversion event to delete. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} Example: "properties/123/conversionEvents/456" (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}
+
+
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+
Retrieve a single conversion event.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The resource name of the conversion event to retrieve. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event} Example: "properties/123/conversionEvents/456" (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this conversion event was created in the property.
+ "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase'
+ "isDeletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}
+}
+
+
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+
Returns a list of conversion events in the specified parent property. Returns an empty list if no conversion events are found.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent property. Example: 'properties/123' (required)
+ pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)
+ pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListConversionEvents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConversionEvents` must match the call that provided the page token.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ListConversionEvents RPC.
+ "conversionEvents": [ # The requested conversion events
+ { # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this conversion event was created in the property.
+ "eventName": "A String", # Immutable. The event name for this conversion event. Examples: 'click', 'purchase'
+ "isDeletable": True or False, # Output only. If set, this event can currently be deleted via DeleteConversionEvent.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this conversion event. Format: properties/{property}/conversionEvents/{conversion_event}
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+
+
+
list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customDimensions.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customDimensions.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..85a750dab5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customDimensions.html
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+
+
+
+
+Instance Methods
+
+ archive(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Archives a CustomDimension on a property.
+
+ close()
+Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Creates a CustomDimension.
+
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+Lookup for a single CustomDimension.
+
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Lists CustomDimensions on a property.
+
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Updates a CustomDimension on a property.
+Method Details
+
+
archive(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+
Archives a CustomDimension on a property.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the CustomDimension to archive. Example format: properties/1234/customDimensions/5678 (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ArchiveCustomDimension RPC.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}
+
+
+
+
close()
+
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+
+
+
create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+
Creates a CustomDimension.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Example format: properties/1234 (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A definition for a CustomDimension.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A definition for a CustomDimension.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension.
+}
+
+
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+
Lookup for a single CustomDimension.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the CustomDimension to get. Example format: properties/1234/customDimensions/5678 (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A definition for a CustomDimension.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension.
+}
+
+
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+
Lists CustomDimensions on a property.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Example format: properties/1234 (required)
+ pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum).
+ pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListCustomDimensions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCustomDimensions` must match the call that provided the page token.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ListCustomDimensions RPC.
+ "customDimensions": [ # List of CustomDimensions.
+ { # A definition for a CustomDimension.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension.
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+
+
+
list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+
+
+
patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+
Updates a CustomDimension on a property.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension} (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A definition for a CustomDimension.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension.
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated. Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string "*" to match all fields.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A definition for a CustomDimension.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "disallowAdsPersonalization": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, sets this dimension as NPA and excludes it from ads personalization. This is currently only supported by user-scoped custom dimensions.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom dimension as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomDimension resource. Format: properties/{property}/customDimensions/{customDimension}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging parameter name for this custom dimension. If this is a user-scoped dimension, then this is the user property name. If this is an event-scoped dimension, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters, starting with a letter. Max length of 24 characters for user-scoped dimensions, 40 characters for event-scoped dimensions.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this dimension.
+}
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customMetrics.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9355f25fe61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.customMetrics.html
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+
+
+
+
+Instance Methods
+
+ archive(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Archives a CustomMetric on a property.
+
+ close()
+Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Creates a CustomMetric.
+
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+Lookup for a single CustomMetric.
+
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Lists CustomMetrics on a property.
+
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Updates a CustomMetric on a property.
+Method Details
+
+
archive(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+
Archives a CustomMetric on a property.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the CustomMetric to archive. Example format: properties/1234/customMetrics/5678 (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ArchiveCustomMetric RPC.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}
+
+
+
+
close()
+
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+
+
+
create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+
Creates a CustomMetric.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Example format: properties/1234 (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A definition for a custom metric.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type for the custom metric's value.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this custom metric.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A definition for a custom metric.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type for the custom metric's value.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this custom metric.
+}
+
+
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+
Lookup for a single CustomMetric.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the CustomMetric to get. Example format: properties/1234/customMetrics/5678 (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A definition for a custom metric.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type for the custom metric's value.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this custom metric.
+}
+
+
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+
Lists CustomMetrics on a property.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Example format: properties/1234 (required)
+ pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum).
+ pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListCustomMetrics` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCustomMetrics` must match the call that provided the page token.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ListCustomMetrics RPC.
+ "customMetrics": [ # List of CustomMetrics.
+ { # A definition for a custom metric.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type for the custom metric's value.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this custom metric.
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+
+
+
list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+
+
+
patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+
Updates a CustomMetric on a property.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric} (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A definition for a custom metric.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type for the custom metric's value.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this custom metric.
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated. Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string "*" to match all fields.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A definition for a custom metric.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description for this custom dimension. Max length of 150 characters.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name for this custom metric as shown in the Analytics UI. Max length of 82 characters, alphanumeric plus space and underscore starting with a letter. Legacy system-generated display names may contain square brackets, but updates to this field will never permit square brackets.
+ "measurementUnit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type for the custom metric's value.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this CustomMetric resource. Format: properties/{property}/customMetrics/{customMetric}
+ "parameterName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics.
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The scope of this custom metric.
+}
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html
index 7237814662e..2aad7fe5f15 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html
@@ -79,6 +79,21 @@ Instance Methods
Returns the androidAppDataStreams Resource.
+
+ conversionEvents()
+
+Returns the conversionEvents Resource.
+
+
+ customDimensions()
+
+Returns the customDimensions Resource.
+
+
+ customMetrics()
+
+Returns the customMetrics Resource.
+
firebaseLinks()
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.html
index 15186ac7cf2..c8b33a55aa3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.html
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Method Details
"type": "A String", # A string that uniquely identifies the type of error. This provides a more reliable means to deduplicate errors across revisions and instances.
},
],
- "jsonSpec": "A String", # The json content of the resource revision.
+ "jsonSpec": "A String", # The json content of the resource revision. Large specs should be sent individually via the spec field to avoid hitting request size limits.
"replicas": 42, # The number of replicas that have successfully loaded this revision.
"revisionId": "A String", # The revision of the resource.
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.dockerImages.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.dockerImages.html
index 009711b5511..f1a24c823b5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.dockerImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.dockerImages.html
@@ -107,9 +107,10 @@ Method Details
{ # The response from listing docker images.
"dockerImages": [ # The docker images returned.
- { # DockerImage represents a docker artifact.
- "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Calculated size of the image.
- "mediaType": "A String", # Media type of this image, e.g. "application/vnd.docker.distribution.manifest.v2+json".
+ { # DockerImage represents a docker artifact. The following fields are returned as untyped metadata in the Version resource, using camelcase keys (i.e. metadata.imageSizeBytes): - imageSizeBytes - mediaType - buildTime
+ "buildTime": "A String", # The time this image was built. This field is returned as the 'metadata.buildTime' field in the Version resource. The build time is returned to the client as an RFC 3339 string, which can be easily used with the JavaScript Date constructor and keeps the Version timestamps returned via OnePlatform consistent, as JSON marshals google.protobuf.Timestamp into an RFC 3339 string. (http://google3/cloud/containers/artifacts/metadata/v1beta2/builder/data.go?l=158-159&rcl=364878183).
+ "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Calculated size of the image. This field is returned as the 'metadata.imageSizeBytes' field in the Version resource.
+ "mediaType": "A String", # Media type of this image, e.g. "application/vnd.docker.distribution.manifest.v2+json". This field is returned as the 'metadata.mediaType' field in the Version resource.
"name": "A String", # Required. registry_location, project_id, repository_name and image id forms a unique image name:`projects//locations//repository//dockerImages/`. For example, "projects/test-project/locations/us-west4/repositories/test-repo/dockerImages/ nginx@sha256:e9954c1fc875017be1c3e36eca16be2d9e9bccc4bf072163515467d6a823c7cf", where "us-west4" is the registry_location, "test-project" is the project_id, "test-repo" is the repository_name and "nginx@sha256:e9954c1fc875017be1c3e36eca16be2d9e9bccc4bf072163515467d6a823c7cf" is the image's digest.
"tags": [ # Tags attached to this image.
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
index cb391c7d293..cf6360f54d3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
@@ -127,6 +127,7 @@ Method Details
"provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either an organization or a folder. Must be the same or a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the Workload parent. Formats: folders/{folder_id} organizations/{organization_id}
"resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional.
{ # Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name.
"resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_id. If the project is already taken, the workload creation will fail.
"resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource. This field should be specified to correspond the id to the right project type (CONSUMER_PROJECT or ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT)
},
@@ -219,6 +220,7 @@ Method Details
"provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either an organization or a folder. Must be the same or a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the Workload parent. Formats: folders/{folder_id} organizations/{organization_id}
"resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional.
{ # Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name.
"resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_id. If the project is already taken, the workload creation will fail.
"resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource. This field should be specified to correspond the id to the right project type (CONSUMER_PROJECT or ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT)
},
@@ -269,6 +271,7 @@ Method Details
"provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either an organization or a folder. Must be the same or a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the Workload parent. Formats: folders/{folder_id} organizations/{organization_id}
"resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional.
{ # Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name.
"resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_id. If the project is already taken, the workload creation will fail.
"resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource. This field should be specified to correspond the id to the right project type (CONSUMER_PROJECT or ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT)
},
@@ -324,6 +327,7 @@ Method Details
"provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either an organization or a folder. Must be the same or a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the Workload parent. Formats: folders/{folder_id} organizations/{organization_id}
"resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional.
{ # Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name.
"resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_id. If the project is already taken, the workload creation will fail.
"resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource. This field should be specified to correspond the id to the right project type (CONSUMER_PROJECT or ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT)
},
@@ -362,6 +366,7 @@ Method Details
"provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either an organization or a folder. Must be the same or a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the Workload parent. Formats: folders/{folder_id} organizations/{organization_id}
"resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional.
{ # Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created.
+ "displayName": "A String", # User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name.
"resourceId": "A String", # Resource identifier. For a project this represents project_id. If the project is already taken, the workload creation will fail.
"resourceType": "A String", # Indicates the type of resource. This field should be specified to correspond the id to the right project type (CONSUMER_PROJECT or ENCRYPTION_KEYS_PROJECT)
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
index 859d1f61d1c..f0a0ffa3fc6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
@@ -474,6 +474,11 @@ Method Details
"billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job.
"cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache.
"ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries.
+ "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information.
+ "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table.
+ "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table.
+ "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
+ },
"ddlOperationPerformed": "A String", # The DDL operation performed, possibly dependent on the pre-existence of the DDL target. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "CREATE": The query created the DDL target. "SKIP": No-op. Example cases: the query is CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS while the table already exists, or the query is DROP TABLE IF EXISTS while the table does not exist. "REPLACE": The query replaced the DDL target. Example case: the query is CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE, and the table already exists. "DROP": The query deleted the DDL target.
"ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output-only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries.
"datasetId": "A String", # [Required] A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
@@ -1076,6 +1081,11 @@ Method Details
"billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job.
"cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache.
"ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries.
+ "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information.
+ "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table.
+ "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table.
+ "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
+ },
"ddlOperationPerformed": "A String", # The DDL operation performed, possibly dependent on the pre-existence of the DDL target. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "CREATE": The query created the DDL target. "SKIP": No-op. Example cases: the query is CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS while the table already exists, or the query is DROP TABLE IF EXISTS while the table does not exist. "REPLACE": The query replaced the DDL target. Example case: the query is CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE, and the table already exists. "DROP": The query deleted the DDL target.
"ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output-only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries.
"datasetId": "A String", # [Required] A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
@@ -1747,6 +1757,11 @@ Method Details
"billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job.
"cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache.
"ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries.
+ "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information.
+ "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table.
+ "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table.
+ "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
+ },
"ddlOperationPerformed": "A String", # The DDL operation performed, possibly dependent on the pre-existence of the DDL target. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "CREATE": The query created the DDL target. "SKIP": No-op. Example cases: the query is CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS while the table already exists, or the query is DROP TABLE IF EXISTS while the table does not exist. "REPLACE": The query replaced the DDL target. Example case: the query is CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE, and the table already exists. "DROP": The query deleted the DDL target.
"ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output-only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries.
"datasetId": "A String", # [Required] A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
@@ -2324,6 +2339,11 @@ Method Details
"billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job.
"cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache.
"ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries.
+ "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information.
+ "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table.
+ "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table.
+ "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
+ },
"ddlOperationPerformed": "A String", # The DDL operation performed, possibly dependent on the pre-existence of the DDL target. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "CREATE": The query created the DDL target. "SKIP": No-op. Example cases: the query is CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS while the table already exists, or the query is DROP TABLE IF EXISTS while the table does not exist. "REPLACE": The query replaced the DDL target. Example case: the query is CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE, and the table already exists. "DROP": The query deleted the DDL target.
"ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output-only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries.
"datasetId": "A String", # [Required] A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
@@ -2929,6 +2949,11 @@ Method Details
"billingTier": 42, # [Output-only] Billing tier for the job.
"cacheHit": True or False, # [Output-only] Whether the query result was fetched from the query cache.
"ddlAffectedRowAccessPolicyCount": "A String", # [Output-only] [Preview] The number of row access policies affected by a DDL statement. Present only for DROP ALL ROW ACCESS POLICIES queries.
+ "ddlDestinationTable": { # [Output-only] The DDL destination table. Present only for ALTER TABLE RENAME TO queries. Note that ddl_target_table is used just for its type information.
+ "datasetId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the dataset containing this table.
+ "projectId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the project containing this table.
+ "tableId": "A String", # [Required] The ID of the table. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
+ },
"ddlOperationPerformed": "A String", # The DDL operation performed, possibly dependent on the pre-existence of the DDL target. Possible values (new values might be added in the future): "CREATE": The query created the DDL target. "SKIP": No-op. Example cases: the query is CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS while the table already exists, or the query is DROP TABLE IF EXISTS while the table does not exist. "REPLACE": The query replaced the DDL target. Example case: the query is CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE, and the table already exists. "DROP": The query deleted the DDL target.
"ddlTargetDataset": { # [Output-only] The DDL target dataset. Present only for CREATE/ALTER/DROP SCHEMA queries.
"datasetId": "A String", # [Required] A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html
index 6ea827972d4..644e194bb40 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Method Details
filter: string, Query string to filter results, AND-separated fields in EBNF syntax. Note: OR operations are not supported in this filter. Supported filter fields: * last_active_date
orgUnitId: string, The ID of the organizational unit.
pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. Maximum and default are 100.
- pageToken: string, Token to specify the next page in the list.
+ pageToken: string, Token to specify the page of the request to be returned.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Method Details
"version": "A String", # Output only. The full version of the installed browser.
},
],
- "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to specify the next page in the list.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to specify the next page of the request.
"totalSize": 42, # Total number browser versions matching request.
}
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Method Details
orderBy: string, Field used to order results. Supported order by fields: * app_name * app_type * install_type * number_of_permissions * total_install_count
orgUnitId: string, The ID of the organizational unit.
pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. Maximum and default are 100.
- pageToken: string, Token to specify next page in the list.
+ pageToken: string, Token to specify the page of the request to be returned.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Method Details
],
},
],
- "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to specify next page in the list.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to specify the next page of the request.
"totalSize": 42, # Total number of installed apps matching request.
}
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Method Details
orderBy: string, Field used to order results. Supported order by fields: * machine * device_id
orgUnitId: string, The ID of the organizational unit.
pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. Maximum and default are 100.
- pageToken: string, Token to specify the next page in the list.
+ pageToken: string, Token to specify the page of the request to be returned.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Method Details
"machine": "A String", # Output only. The name of the machine within its local network.
},
],
- "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to specify the next page in the list.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to specify the next page of the request.
"totalSize": 42, # Total number of devices matching request.
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5a5e1707d3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
@@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
+
+
+
+
+Instance Methods
+
+ close()
+Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ list(parent, assetTypes=None, contentType=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readTime=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Lists assets with time and resource types and returns paged results in response.
+
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+Retrieves the next page of results.
+Method Details
+
+
close()
+
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+
+
+
list(parent, assetTypes=None, contentType=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readTime=None, x__xgafv=None)
+
Lists assets with time and resource types and returns paged results in response.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Name of the organization or project the assets belong to. Format: "organizations/[organization-number]" (such as "organizations/123"), "projects/[project-number]" (such as "projects/my-project-id"), or "projects/[project-id]" (such as "projects/12345"). (required)
+ assetTypes: string, A list of asset types to take a snapshot for. For example: "compute.googleapis.com/Disk". Regular expression is also supported. For example: * "compute.googleapis.com.*" snapshots resources whose asset type starts with "compute.googleapis.com". * ".*Instance" snapshots resources whose asset type ends with "Instance". * ".*Instance.*" snapshots resources whose asset type contains "Instance". See [RE2](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax) for all supported regular expression syntax. If the regular expression does not match any supported asset type, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned. If specified, only matching assets will be returned, otherwise, it will snapshot all asset types. See [Introduction to Cloud Asset Inventory](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/overview) for all supported asset types. (repeated)
+ contentType: string, Asset content type. If not specified, no content but the asset name will be returned.
+ Allowed values
+ CONTENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified content type.
+ RESOURCE - Resource metadata.
+ IAM_POLICY - The actual IAM policy set on a resource.
+ ORG_POLICY - The Cloud Organization Policy set on an asset.
+ ACCESS_POLICY - The Cloud Access context manager Policy set on an asset.
+ OS_INVENTORY - The runtime OS Inventory information.
+ pageSize: integer, The maximum number of assets to be returned in a single response. Default is 100, minimum is 1, and maximum is 1000.
+ pageToken: string, The `next_page_token` returned from the previous `ListAssetsResponse`, or unspecified for the first `ListAssetsRequest`. It is a continuation of a prior `ListAssets` call, and the API should return the next page of assets.
+ readTime: string, Timestamp to take an asset snapshot. This can only be set to a timestamp between the current time and the current time minus 35 days (inclusive). If not specified, the current time will be used. Due to delays in resource data collection and indexing, there is a volatile window during which running the same query may get different results.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # ListAssets response.
+ "assets": [ # Assets.
+ { # An asset in Google Cloud. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. Cloud IAM policy), or a relationship (e.g. an INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP relationship). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
+ "accessLevel": { # An `AccessLevel` is a label that can be applied to requests to Google Cloud services, along with a list of requirements necessary for the label to be applied. # Please also refer to the [access level user guide](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/overview#access-levels).
+ "basic": { # `BasicLevel` is an `AccessLevel` using a set of recommended features. # A `BasicLevel` composed of `Conditions`.
+ "combiningFunction": "A String", # How the `conditions` list should be combined to determine if a request is granted this `AccessLevel`. If AND is used, each `Condition` in `conditions` must be satisfied for the `AccessLevel` to be applied. If OR is used, at least one `Condition` in `conditions` must be satisfied for the `AccessLevel` to be applied. Default behavior is AND.
+ "conditions": [ # Required. A list of requirements for the `AccessLevel` to be granted.
+ { # A condition necessary for an `AccessLevel` to be granted. The Condition is an AND over its fields. So a Condition is true if: 1) the request IP is from one of the listed subnetworks AND 2) the originating device complies with the listed device policy AND 3) all listed access levels are granted AND 4) the request was sent at a time allowed by the DateTimeRestriction.
+ "devicePolicy": { # `DevicePolicy` specifies device specific restrictions necessary to acquire a given access level. A `DevicePolicy` specifies requirements for requests from devices to be granted access levels, it does not do any enforcement on the device. `DevicePolicy` acts as an AND over all specified fields, and each repeated field is an OR over its elements. Any unset fields are ignored. For example, if the proto is { os_type : DESKTOP_WINDOWS, os_type : DESKTOP_LINUX, encryption_status: ENCRYPTED}, then the DevicePolicy will be true for requests originating from encrypted Linux desktops and encrypted Windows desktops. # Device specific restrictions, all restrictions must hold for the Condition to be true. If not specified, all devices are allowed.
+ "allowedDeviceManagementLevels": [ # Allowed device management levels, an empty list allows all management levels.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "allowedEncryptionStatuses": [ # Allowed encryptions statuses, an empty list allows all statuses.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "osConstraints": [ # Allowed OS versions, an empty list allows all types and all versions.
+ { # A restriction on the OS type and version of devices making requests.
+ "minimumVersion": "A String", # The minimum allowed OS version. If not set, any version of this OS satisfies the constraint. Format: `"major.minor.patch"`. Examples: `"10.5.301"`, `"9.2.1"`.
+ "osType": "A String", # Required. The allowed OS type.
+ "requireVerifiedChromeOs": True or False, # Only allows requests from devices with a verified Chrome OS. Verifications includes requirements that the device is enterprise-managed, conformant to domain policies, and the caller has permission to call the API targeted by the request.
+ },
+ ],
+ "requireAdminApproval": True or False, # Whether the device needs to be approved by the customer admin.
+ "requireCorpOwned": True or False, # Whether the device needs to be corp owned.
+ "requireScreenlock": True or False, # Whether or not screenlock is required for the DevicePolicy to be true. Defaults to `false`.
+ },
+ "ipSubnetworks": [ # CIDR block IP subnetwork specification. May be IPv4 or IPv6. Note that for a CIDR IP address block, the specified IP address portion must be properly truncated (i.e. all the host bits must be zero) or the input is considered malformed. For example, "192.0.2.0/24" is accepted but "192.0.2.1/24" is not. Similarly, for IPv6, "2001:db8::/32" is accepted whereas "2001:db8::1/32" is not. The originating IP of a request must be in one of the listed subnets in order for this Condition to be true. If empty, all IP addresses are allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "members": [ # The request must be made by one of the provided user or service accounts. Groups are not supported. Syntax: `user:{emailid}` `serviceAccount:{emailid}` If not specified, a request may come from any user.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "negate": True or False, # Whether to negate the Condition. If true, the Condition becomes a NAND over its non-empty fields, each field must be false for the Condition overall to be satisfied. Defaults to false.
+ "regions": [ # The request must originate from one of the provided countries/regions. Must be valid ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 codes.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "requiredAccessLevels": [ # A list of other access levels defined in the same `Policy`, referenced by resource name. Referencing an `AccessLevel` which does not exist is an error. All access levels listed must be granted for the Condition to be true. Example: "`accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/LEVEL_NAME"`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "custom": { # `CustomLevel` is an `AccessLevel` using the Cloud Common Expression Language to represent the necessary conditions for the level to apply to a request. See CEL spec at: https://github.com/google/cel-spec # A `CustomLevel` written in the Common Expression Language.
+ "expr": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Required. A Cloud CEL expression evaluating to a boolean.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # Description of the `AccessLevel` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the Access Level. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and '_'. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/accessLevels/{short_name}`. The maximum length of the `short_name` component is 50 characters.
+ "title": "A String", # Human readable title. Must be unique within the Policy.
+ },
+ "accessPolicy": { # `AccessPolicy` is a container for `AccessLevels` (which define the necessary attributes to use Google Cloud services) and `ServicePerimeters` (which define regions of services able to freely pass data within a perimeter). An access policy is globally visible within an organization, and the restrictions it specifies apply to all projects within an organization. # Please also refer to the [access policy user guide](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/overview#access-policies).
+ "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `AccessPolicy`. This will always be a strongly validated etag, meaning that two Access Polices will be identical if and only if their etags are identical. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format.
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the `AccessPolicy`. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}`
+ "parent": "A String", # Required. The parent of this `AccessPolicy` in the Cloud Resource Hierarchy. Currently immutable once created. Format: `organizations/{organization_id}`
+ "title": "A String", # Required. Human readable title. Does not affect behavior.
+ },
+ "ancestors": [ # The ancestry path of an asset in Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), represented as a list of relative resource names. An ancestry path starts with the closest ancestor in the hierarchy and ends at root. If the asset is a project, folder, or organization, the ancestry path starts from the asset itself. Example: `["projects/123456789", "folders/5432", "organizations/1234"]`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "assetType": "A String", # The type of the asset. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk` See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
+ "iamPolicy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # A representation of the Cloud IAM policy set on a Google Cloud resource. There can be a maximum of one Cloud IAM policy set on any given resource. In addition, Cloud IAM policies inherit their granted access scope from any policies set on parent resources in the resource hierarchy. Therefore, the effectively policy is the union of both the policy set on this resource and each policy set on all of the resource's ancestry resource levels in the hierarchy. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#inheritance) for more information.
+ "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+ { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+ "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+ { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+ "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+ },
+ ],
+ "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+ },
+ ],
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+ { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The full name of the asset. Example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my_project_123/zones/zone1/instances/instance1` See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name) for more information.
+ "orgPolicy": [ # A representation of an [organization policy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/organization-policy/overview#organization_policy). There can be more than one organization policy with different constraints set on a given resource.
+ { # Defines a Cloud Organization `Policy` which is used to specify `Constraints` for configurations of Cloud Platform resources.
+ "booleanPolicy": { # Used in `policy_type` to specify how `boolean_policy` will behave at this resource. # For boolean `Constraints`, whether to enforce the `Constraint` or not.
+ "enforced": True or False, # If `true`, then the `Policy` is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. Suppose you have a `Constraint` `constraints/compute.disableSerialPortAccess` with `constraint_default` set to `ALLOW`. A `Policy` for that `Constraint` exhibits the following behavior: - If the `Policy` at this resource has enforced set to `false`, serial port connection attempts will be allowed. - If the `Policy` at this resource has enforced set to `true`, serial port connection attempts will be refused. - If the `Policy` at this resource is `RestoreDefault`, serial port connection attempts will be allowed. - If no `Policy` is set at this resource or anywhere higher in the resource hierarchy, serial port connection attempts will be allowed. - If no `Policy` is set at this resource, but one exists higher in the resource hierarchy, the behavior is as if the`Policy` were set at this resource. The following examples demonstrate the different possible layerings: Example 1 (nearest `Constraint` wins): `organizations/foo` has a `Policy` with: {enforced: false} `projects/bar` has no `Policy` set. The constraint at `projects/bar` and `organizations/foo` will not be enforced. Example 2 (enforcement gets replaced): `organizations/foo` has a `Policy` with: {enforced: false} `projects/bar` has a `Policy` with: {enforced: true} The constraint at `organizations/foo` is not enforced. The constraint at `projects/bar` is enforced. Example 3 (RestoreDefault): `organizations/foo` has a `Policy` with: {enforced: true} `projects/bar` has a `Policy` with: {RestoreDefault: {}} The constraint at `organizations/foo` is enforced. The constraint at `projects/bar` is not enforced, because `constraint_default` for the `Constraint` is `ALLOW`.
+ },
+ "constraint": "A String", # The name of the `Constraint` the `Policy` is configuring, for example, `constraints/serviceuser.services`. A [list of available constraints](/resource-manager/docs/organization-policy/org-policy-constraints) is available. Immutable after creation.
+ "etag": "A String", # An opaque tag indicating the current version of the `Policy`, used for concurrency control. When the `Policy` is returned from either a `GetPolicy` or a `ListOrgPolicy` request, this `etag` indicates the version of the current `Policy` to use when executing a read-modify-write loop. When the `Policy` is returned from a `GetEffectivePolicy` request, the `etag` will be unset. When the `Policy` is used in a `SetOrgPolicy` method, use the `etag` value that was returned from a `GetOrgPolicy` request as part of a read-modify-write loop for concurrency control. Not setting the `etag`in a `SetOrgPolicy` request will result in an unconditional write of the `Policy`.
+ "listPolicy": { # Used in `policy_type` to specify how `list_policy` behaves at this resource. `ListPolicy` can define specific values and subtrees of Cloud Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied by setting the `allowed_values` and `denied_values` fields. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - "projects/", e.g. "projects/tokyo-rain-123" - "folders/", e.g. "folders/1234" - "organizations/", e.g. "organizations/1234" The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. You can set `allowed_values` and `denied_values` in the same `Policy` if `all_values` is `ALL_VALUES_UNSPECIFIED`. `ALLOW` or `DENY` are used to allow or deny all values. If `all_values` is set to either `ALLOW` or `DENY`, `allowed_values` and `denied_values` must be unset. # List of values either allowed or disallowed.
+ "allValues": "A String", # The policy all_values state.
+ "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. Can only be set if `all_values` is set to `ALL_VALUES_UNSPECIFIED`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "deniedValues": [ # List of values denied at this resource. Can only be set if `all_values` is set to `ALL_VALUES_UNSPECIFIED`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "inheritFromParent": True or False, # Determines the inheritance behavior for this `Policy`. By default, a `ListPolicy` set at a resource supersedes any `Policy` set anywhere up the resource hierarchy. However, if `inherit_from_parent` is set to `true`, then the values from the effective `Policy` of the parent resource are inherited, meaning the values set in this `Policy` are added to the values inherited up the hierarchy. Setting `Policy` hierarchies that inherit both allowed values and denied values isn't recommended in most circumstances to keep the configuration simple and understandable. However, it is possible to set a `Policy` with `allowed_values` set that inherits a `Policy` with `denied_values` set. In this case, the values that are allowed must be in `allowed_values` and not present in `denied_values`. For example, suppose you have a `Constraint` `constraints/serviceuser.services`, which has a `constraint_type` of `list_constraint`, and with `constraint_default` set to `ALLOW`. Suppose that at the Organization level, a `Policy` is applied that restricts the allowed API activations to {`E1`, `E2`}. Then, if a `Policy` is applied to a project below the Organization that has `inherit_from_parent` set to `false` and field all_values set to DENY, then an attempt to activate any API will be denied. The following examples demonstrate different possible layerings for `projects/bar` parented by `organizations/foo`: Example 1 (no inherited values): `organizations/foo` has a `Policy` with values: {allowed_values: "E1" allowed_values:"E2"} `projects/bar` has `inherit_from_parent` `false` and values: {allowed_values: "E3" allowed_values: "E4"} The accepted values at `organizations/foo` are `E1`, `E2`. The accepted values at `projects/bar` are `E3`, and `E4`. Example 2 (inherited values): `organizations/foo` has a `Policy` with values: {allowed_values: "E1" allowed_values:"E2"} `projects/bar` has a `Policy` with values: {value: "E3" value: "E4" inherit_from_parent: true} The accepted values at `organizations/foo` are `E1`, `E2`. The accepted values at `projects/bar` are `E1`, `E2`, `E3`, and `E4`. Example 3 (inheriting both allowed and denied values): `organizations/foo` has a `Policy` with values: {allowed_values: "E1" allowed_values: "E2"} `projects/bar` has a `Policy` with: {denied_values: "E1"} The accepted values at `organizations/foo` are `E1`, `E2`. The value accepted at `projects/bar` is `E2`. Example 4 (RestoreDefault): `organizations/foo` has a `Policy` with values: {allowed_values: "E1" allowed_values:"E2"} `projects/bar` has a `Policy` with values: {RestoreDefault: {}} The accepted values at `organizations/foo` are `E1`, `E2`. The accepted values at `projects/bar` are either all or none depending on the value of `constraint_default` (if `ALLOW`, all; if `DENY`, none). Example 5 (no policy inherits parent policy): `organizations/foo` has no `Policy` set. `projects/bar` has no `Policy` set. The accepted values at both levels are either all or none depending on the value of `constraint_default` (if `ALLOW`, all; if `DENY`, none). Example 6 (ListConstraint allowing all): `organizations/foo` has a `Policy` with values: {allowed_values: "E1" allowed_values: "E2"} `projects/bar` has a `Policy` with: {all: ALLOW} The accepted values at `organizations/foo` are `E1`, E2`. Any value is accepted at `projects/bar`. Example 7 (ListConstraint allowing none): `organizations/foo` has a `Policy` with values: {allowed_values: "E1" allowed_values: "E2"} `projects/bar` has a `Policy` with: {all: DENY} The accepted values at `organizations/foo` are `E1`, E2`. No value is accepted at `projects/bar`. Example 10 (allowed and denied subtrees of Resource Manager hierarchy): Given the following resource hierarchy O1->{F1, F2}; F1->{P1}; F2->{P2, P3}, `organizations/foo` has a `Policy` with values: {allowed_values: "under:organizations/O1"} `projects/bar` has a `Policy` with: {allowed_values: "under:projects/P3"} {denied_values: "under:folders/F2"} The accepted values at `organizations/foo` are `organizations/O1`, `folders/F1`, `folders/F2`, `projects/P1`, `projects/P2`, `projects/P3`. The accepted values at `projects/bar` are `organizations/O1`, `folders/F1`, `projects/P1`.
+ "suggestedValue": "A String", # Optional. The Google Cloud Console will try to default to a configuration that matches the value specified in this `Policy`. If `suggested_value` is not set, it will inherit the value specified higher in the hierarchy, unless `inherit_from_parent` is `false`.
+ },
+ "restoreDefault": { # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the `constraint_default` enforcement behavior of the specific `Constraint` at this resource. Suppose that `constraint_default` is set to `ALLOW` for the `Constraint` `constraints/serviceuser.services`. Suppose that organization foo.com sets a `Policy` at their Organization resource node that restricts the allowed service activations to deny all service activations. They could then set a `Policy` with the `policy_type` `restore_default` on several experimental projects, restoring the `constraint_default` enforcement of the `Constraint` for only those projects, allowing those projects to have all services activated. # Restores the default behavior of the constraint; independent of `Constraint` type.
+ },
+ "updateTime": "A String", # The time stamp the `Policy` was previously updated. This is set by the server, not specified by the caller, and represents the last time a call to `SetOrgPolicy` was made for that `Policy`. Any value set by the client will be ignored.
+ "version": 42, # Version of the `Policy`. Default version is 0;
+ },
+ ],
+ "osInventory": { # The inventory details of a VM. # A representation of runtime OS Inventory information. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management) for more information.
+ "items": { # Inventory items related to the VM keyed by an opaque unique identifier for each inventory item. The identifier is unique to each distinct and addressable inventory item and will change, when there is a new package version.
+ "a_key": { # A single piece of inventory on a VM.
+ "availablePackage": { # Software package information of the operating system. # Software package available to be installed on the VM instance.
+ "aptPackage": { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of an APT package. For details about the apt package manager, see https://wiki.debian.org/Apt.
+ "architecture": "A String", # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+ "packageName": "A String", # The name of the package.
+ "version": "A String", # The version of the package.
+ },
+ "cosPackage": { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a COS package.
+ "architecture": "A String", # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+ "packageName": "A String", # The name of the package.
+ "version": "A String", # The version of the package.
+ },
+ "googetPackage": { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a Googet package. For details about the googet package manager, see https://github.com/google/googet.
+ "architecture": "A String", # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+ "packageName": "A String", # The name of the package.
+ "version": "A String", # The version of the package.
+ },
+ "qfePackage": { # Information related to a Quick Fix Engineering package. Fields are taken from Windows QuickFixEngineering Interface and match the source names: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering # Details of a Windows Quick Fix engineering package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering for info in Windows Quick Fix Engineering.
+ "caption": "A String", # A short textual description of the QFE update.
+ "description": "A String", # A textual description of the QFE update.
+ "hotFixId": "A String", # Unique identifier associated with a particular QFE update.
+ "installTime": "A String", # Date that the QFE update was installed. Mapped from installed_on field.
+ },
+ "wuaPackage": { # Details related to a Windows Update package. Field data and names are taken from Windows Update API IUpdate Interface: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ Descriptive fields like title, and description are localized based on the locale of the VM being updated. # Details of a Windows Update package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ for information about Windows Update.
+ "categories": [ # The categories that are associated with this update package.
+ { # Categories specified by the Windows Update.
+ "id": "A String", # The identifier of the windows update category.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the windows update category.
+ },
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # The localized description of the update package.
+ "kbArticleIds": [ # A collection of Microsoft Knowledge Base article IDs that are associated with the update package.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "lastDeploymentChangeTime": "A String", # The last published date of the update, in (UTC) date and time.
+ "moreInfoUrls": [ # A collection of URLs that provide more information about the update package.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "revisionNumber": 42, # The revision number of this update package.
+ "supportUrl": "A String", # A hyperlink to the language-specific support information for the update.
+ "title": "A String", # The localized title of the update package.
+ "updateId": "A String", # Gets the identifier of an update package. Stays the same across revisions.
+ },
+ "yumPackage": { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Yum package info. For details about the yum package manager, see https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/6/html/deployment_guide/ch-yum.
+ "architecture": "A String", # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+ "packageName": "A String", # The name of the package.
+ "version": "A String", # The version of the package.
+ },
+ "zypperPackage": { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a Zypper package. For details about the Zypper package manager, see https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual.
+ "architecture": "A String", # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+ "packageName": "A String", # The name of the package.
+ "version": "A String", # The version of the package.
+ },
+ "zypperPatch": { # Details related to a Zypper Patch. # Details of a Zypper patch. For details about the Zypper package manager, see https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual.
+ "category": "A String", # The category of the patch.
+ "patchName": "A String", # The name of the patch.
+ "severity": "A String", # The severity specified for this patch
+ "summary": "A String", # Any summary information provided about this patch.
+ },
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # When this inventory item was first detected.
+ "id": "A String", # Identifier for this item, unique across items for this VM.
+ "installedPackage": { # Software package information of the operating system. # Software package present on the VM instance.
+ "aptPackage": { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of an APT package. For details about the apt package manager, see https://wiki.debian.org/Apt.
+ "architecture": "A String", # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+ "packageName": "A String", # The name of the package.
+ "version": "A String", # The version of the package.
+ },
+ "cosPackage": { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a COS package.
+ "architecture": "A String", # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+ "packageName": "A String", # The name of the package.
+ "version": "A String", # The version of the package.
+ },
+ "googetPackage": { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a Googet package. For details about the googet package manager, see https://github.com/google/googet.
+ "architecture": "A String", # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+ "packageName": "A String", # The name of the package.
+ "version": "A String", # The version of the package.
+ },
+ "qfePackage": { # Information related to a Quick Fix Engineering package. Fields are taken from Windows QuickFixEngineering Interface and match the source names: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering # Details of a Windows Quick Fix engineering package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering for info in Windows Quick Fix Engineering.
+ "caption": "A String", # A short textual description of the QFE update.
+ "description": "A String", # A textual description of the QFE update.
+ "hotFixId": "A String", # Unique identifier associated with a particular QFE update.
+ "installTime": "A String", # Date that the QFE update was installed. Mapped from installed_on field.
+ },
+ "wuaPackage": { # Details related to a Windows Update package. Field data and names are taken from Windows Update API IUpdate Interface: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ Descriptive fields like title, and description are localized based on the locale of the VM being updated. # Details of a Windows Update package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ for information about Windows Update.
+ "categories": [ # The categories that are associated with this update package.
+ { # Categories specified by the Windows Update.
+ "id": "A String", # The identifier of the windows update category.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the windows update category.
+ },
+ ],
+ "description": "A String", # The localized description of the update package.
+ "kbArticleIds": [ # A collection of Microsoft Knowledge Base article IDs that are associated with the update package.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "lastDeploymentChangeTime": "A String", # The last published date of the update, in (UTC) date and time.
+ "moreInfoUrls": [ # A collection of URLs that provide more information about the update package.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "revisionNumber": 42, # The revision number of this update package.
+ "supportUrl": "A String", # A hyperlink to the language-specific support information for the update.
+ "title": "A String", # The localized title of the update package.
+ "updateId": "A String", # Gets the identifier of an update package. Stays the same across revisions.
+ },
+ "yumPackage": { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Yum package info. For details about the yum package manager, see https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/6/html/deployment_guide/ch-yum.
+ "architecture": "A String", # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+ "packageName": "A String", # The name of the package.
+ "version": "A String", # The version of the package.
+ },
+ "zypperPackage": { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a Zypper package. For details about the Zypper package manager, see https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual.
+ "architecture": "A String", # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+ "packageName": "A String", # The name of the package.
+ "version": "A String", # The version of the package.
+ },
+ "zypperPatch": { # Details related to a Zypper Patch. # Details of a Zypper patch. For details about the Zypper package manager, see https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual.
+ "category": "A String", # The category of the patch.
+ "patchName": "A String", # The name of the patch.
+ "severity": "A String", # The severity specified for this patch
+ "summary": "A String", # Any summary information provided about this patch.
+ },
+ },
+ "originType": "A String", # The origin of this inventory item.
+ "type": "A String", # The specific type of inventory, correlating to its specific details.
+ "updateTime": "A String", # When this inventory item was last modified.
+ },
+ },
+ "osInfo": { # Operating system information for the VM. # Base level operating system information for the VM.
+ "architecture": "A String", # The system architecture of the operating system.
+ "hostname": "A String", # The VM hostname.
+ "kernelRelease": "A String", # The kernel release of the operating system.
+ "kernelVersion": "A String", # The kernel version of the operating system.
+ "longName": "A String", # The operating system long name. For example 'Debian GNU/Linux 9' or 'Microsoft Window Server 2019 Datacenter'.
+ "osconfigAgentVersion": "A String", # The current version of the OS Config agent running on the VM.
+ "shortName": "A String", # The operating system short name. For example, 'windows' or 'debian'.
+ "version": "A String", # The version of the operating system.
+ },
+ },
+ "resource": { # A representation of a Google Cloud resource. # A representation of the resource.
+ "data": { # The content of the resource, in which some sensitive fields are removed and may not be present.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+ },
+ "discoveryDocumentUri": "A String", # The URL of the discovery document containing the resource's JSON schema. Example: `https://www.googleapis.com/discovery/v1/apis/compute/v1/rest` This value is unspecified for resources that do not have an API based on a discovery document, such as Cloud Bigtable.
+ "discoveryName": "A String", # The JSON schema name listed in the discovery document. Example: `Project` This value is unspecified for resources that do not have an API based on a discovery document, such as Cloud Bigtable.
+ "location": "A String", # The location of the resource in Google Cloud, such as its zone and region. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/.
+ "parent": "A String", # The full name of the immediate parent of this resource. See [Resource Names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name) for more information. For Google Cloud assets, this value is the parent resource defined in the [Cloud IAM policy hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#policy_hierarchy). Example: `//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/my_project_123` For third-party assets, this field may be set differently.
+ "resourceUrl": "A String", # The REST URL for accessing the resource. An HTTP `GET` request using this URL returns the resource itself. Example: `https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/v1/projects/my-project-123` This value is unspecified for resources without a REST API.
+ "version": "A String", # The API version. Example: `v1`
+ },
+ "servicePerimeter": { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges. # Please also refer to the [service perimeter user guide](https://cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/overview).
+ "description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
+ "name": "A String", # Required. Resource name for the ServicePerimeter. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and '_'. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/servicePerimeters/{short_name}`
+ "perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
+ "spec": { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the "use_explicit_dry_run_spec" flag is set.
+ "accessLevels": [ # A list of `AccessLevel` resource names that allow resources within the `ServicePerimeter` to be accessed from the internet. `AccessLevels` listed must be in the same policy as this `ServicePerimeter`. Referencing a nonexistent `AccessLevel` is a syntax error. If no `AccessLevel` names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `"accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL"`. For Service Perimeter Bridge, must be empty.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
+ { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo.
+ "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
+ "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this [EgressPolicy]. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
+ },
+ "egressTo": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. The request must match `operations` AND `resources` fields in order to be allowed egress out of the perimeter. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
+ "operations": [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it uses an operation/service in this list.
+ { # Identification for an API Operation.
+ "methodSelectors": [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
+ { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
+ "method": "A String", # Value for `method` should be a valid method name for the corresponding `service_name` in ApiOperation. If `*` used as value for `method`, then ALL methods and permissions are allowed.
+ "permission": "A String", # Value for `permission` should be a valid Cloud IAM permission for the corresponding `service_name` in ApiOperation.
+ },
+ ],
+ "serviceName": "A String", # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
+ },
+ ],
+ "resources": [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for `resources`, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
+ { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field.
+ "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
+ "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this ingress policy. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
+ "sources": [ # Sources that this IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
+ { # The source that IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
+ "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
+ "resource": "A String", # A Google Cloud resource that is allowed to ingress the perimeter. Requests from these resources will be allowed to access perimeter data. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}` The project may be in any Google Cloud organization, not just the organization that the perimeter is defined in. `*` is not allowed, the case of allowing all Google Cloud resources only is not supported.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "ingressTo": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the target resource of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `operations` AND `resources` in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
+ "operations": [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom in this ServicePerimeter.
+ { # Identification for an API Operation.
+ "methodSelectors": [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
+ { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
+ "method": "A String", # Value for `method` should be a valid method name for the corresponding `service_name` in ApiOperation. If `*` used as value for `method`, then ALL methods and permissions are allowed.
+ "permission": "A String", # Value for `permission` should be a valid Cloud IAM permission for the corresponding `service_name` in ApiOperation.
+ },
+ ],
+ "serviceName": "A String", # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
+ },
+ ],
+ "resources": [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. If a single `*` is specified, then access to all resources inside the perimeter are allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "restrictedServices": [ # Google Cloud services that are subject to the Service Perimeter restrictions. For example, if `storage.googleapis.com` is specified, access to the storage buckets inside the perimeter must meet the perimeter's access restrictions.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "vpcAccessibleServices": { # Specifies how APIs are allowed to communicate within the Service Perimeter. # Configuration for APIs allowed within Perimeter.
+ "allowedServices": [ # The list of APIs usable within the Service Perimeter. Must be empty unless 'enable_restriction' is True. You can specify a list of individual services, as well as include the 'RESTRICTED-SERVICES' value, which automatically includes all of the services protected by the perimeter.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "enableRestriction": True or False, # Whether to restrict API calls within the Service Perimeter to the list of APIs specified in 'allowed_services'.
+ },
+ },
+ "status": { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Current ServicePerimeter configuration. Specifies sets of resources, restricted services and access levels that determine perimeter content and boundaries.
+ "accessLevels": [ # A list of `AccessLevel` resource names that allow resources within the `ServicePerimeter` to be accessed from the internet. `AccessLevels` listed must be in the same policy as this `ServicePerimeter`. Referencing a nonexistent `AccessLevel` is a syntax error. If no `AccessLevel` names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `"accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL"`. For Service Perimeter Bridge, must be empty.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "egressPolicies": [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
+ { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo.
+ "egressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
+ "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this [EgressPolicy]. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
+ },
+ "egressTo": { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. The request must match `operations` AND `resources` fields in order to be allowed egress out of the perimeter. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
+ "operations": [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it uses an operation/service in this list.
+ { # Identification for an API Operation.
+ "methodSelectors": [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
+ { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
+ "method": "A String", # Value for `method` should be a valid method name for the corresponding `service_name` in ApiOperation. If `*` used as value for `method`, then ALL methods and permissions are allowed.
+ "permission": "A String", # Value for `permission` should be a valid Cloud IAM permission for the corresponding `service_name` in ApiOperation.
+ },
+ ],
+ "serviceName": "A String", # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
+ },
+ ],
+ "resources": [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for `resources`, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
+ { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field.
+ "ingressFrom": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
+ "identities": [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this ingress policy. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "identityType": "A String", # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
+ "sources": [ # Sources that this IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
+ { # The source that IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
+ "accessLevel": "A String", # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
+ "resource": "A String", # A Google Cloud resource that is allowed to ingress the perimeter. Requests from these resources will be allowed to access perimeter data. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}` The project may be in any Google Cloud organization, not just the organization that the perimeter is defined in. `*` is not allowed, the case of allowing all Google Cloud resources only is not supported.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "ingressTo": { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the target resource of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `operations` AND `resources` in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
+ "operations": [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom in this ServicePerimeter.
+ { # Identification for an API Operation.
+ "methodSelectors": [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
+ { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
+ "method": "A String", # Value for `method` should be a valid method name for the corresponding `service_name` in ApiOperation. If `*` used as value for `method`, then ALL methods and permissions are allowed.
+ "permission": "A String", # Value for `permission` should be a valid Cloud IAM permission for the corresponding `service_name` in ApiOperation.
+ },
+ ],
+ "serviceName": "A String", # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
+ },
+ ],
+ "resources": [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. If a single `*` is specified, then access to all resources inside the perimeter are allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}`
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "restrictedServices": [ # Google Cloud services that are subject to the Service Perimeter restrictions. For example, if `storage.googleapis.com` is specified, access to the storage buckets inside the perimeter must meet the perimeter's access restrictions.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "vpcAccessibleServices": { # Specifies how APIs are allowed to communicate within the Service Perimeter. # Configuration for APIs allowed within Perimeter.
+ "allowedServices": [ # The list of APIs usable within the Service Perimeter. Must be empty unless 'enable_restriction' is True. You can specify a list of individual services, as well as include the 'RESTRICTED-SERVICES' value, which automatically includes all of the services protected by the perimeter.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "enableRestriction": True or False, # Whether to restrict API calls within the Service Perimeter to the list of APIs specified in 'allowed_services'.
+ },
+ },
+ "title": "A String", # Human readable title. Must be unique within the Policy.
+ "useExplicitDryRunSpec": True or False, # Use explicit dry run spec flag. Ordinarily, a dry-run spec implicitly exists for all Service Perimeters, and that spec is identical to the status for those Service Perimeters. When this flag is set, it inhibits the generation of the implicit spec, thereby allowing the user to explicitly provide a configuration ("spec") to use in a dry-run version of the Service Perimeter. This allows the user to test changes to the enforced config ("status") without actually enforcing them. This testing is done through analyzing the differences between currently enforced and suggested restrictions. use_explicit_dry_run_spec must bet set to True if any of the fields in the spec are set to non-default values.
+ },
+ "updateTime": "A String", # The last update timestamp of an asset. update_time is updated when create/update/delete operation is performed.
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results. It expires 72 hours after the page token for the first page is generated. Set to empty if there are no remaining results.
+ "readTime": "A String", # Time the snapshot was taken.
+}
+
+
+
+
list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.html
index a5b6fe9f68c..50244355758 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.html
@@ -74,6 +74,11 @@
Instance Methods
+
+ assets()
+
+Returns the assets Resource.
+
feeds()
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
index 922f4856cf5..e332d04ceca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
@@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ Method Details
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
},
"assetType": "A String", # The type of this resource. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk`. To search against the `asset_type`: * specify the `asset_type` field in your search request.
- "createTime": "A String", # The create timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was created. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against `create_time`: * use a field query (value in seconds). Example: `createTime >= 1594294238`
+ "createTime": "A String", # The create timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was created. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against `create_time`: * use a field query. - value in seconds since unix epoch. Example: `createTime > 1609459200` - value in date string. Example: `createTime > 2021-01-01` - value in date-time string (must be quoted). Example: `createTime > "2021-01-01T00:00:00"`
"description": "A String", # One or more paragraphs of text description of this resource. Maximum length could be up to 1M bytes. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against the `description`: * use a field query. Example: `description:"important instance"` * use a free text query. Example: `"important instance"`
"displayName": "A String", # The display name of this resource. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against the `display_name`: * use a field query. Example: `displayName:"My Instance"` * use a free text query. Example: `"My Instance"`
"folders": [ # The folder(s) that this resource belongs to, in the form of folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}. This field is available when the resource belongs to one or more folders. To search against `folders`: * use a field query. Example: `folders:(123 OR 456)` * use a free text query. Example: `123` * specify the `scope` field as this folder in your search request.
@@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ Method Details
"parentFullResourceName": "A String", # The full resource name of this resource's parent, if it has one. To search against the `parent_full_resource_name`: * use a field query. Example: `parentFullResourceName:"project-name"` * use a free text query. Example: `project-name`
"project": "A String", # The project that this resource belongs to, in the form of projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}. This field is available when the resource belongs to a project. To search against `project`: * use a field query. Example: `project:12345` * use a free text query. Example: `12345` * specify the `scope` field as this project in your search request.
"state": "A String", # The state of this resource. Different resources types have different state definitions that are mapped from various fields of different resource types. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine, its state will include PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. See `status` definition in [API Reference](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances). If the resource is a project provided by Cloud Resource Manager, its state will include LIFECYCLE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, ACTIVE, DELETE_REQUESTED and DELETE_IN_PROGRESS. See `lifecycleState` definition in [API Reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v1/projects). To search against the `state`: * use a field query. Example: `state:RUNNING` * use a free text query. Example: `RUNNING`
- "updateTime": "A String", # The last update timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was last modified or deleted. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against `update_time`: * use a field query (value in seconds). Example: `updateTime < 1594294238`
+ "updateTime": "A String", # The last update timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was last modified or deleted. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource's proto contains it. To search against `update_time`: * use a field query. - value in seconds since unix epoch. Example: `updateTime < 1609459200` - value in date string. Example: `updateTime < 2021-01-01` - value in date-time string (must be quoted). Example: `updateTime < "2021-01-01T00:00:00"`
},
],
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
index a6e72dde08e..372f6262b84 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
@@ -332,6 +332,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
}
@@ -561,6 +567,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
}
parent: string, The parent resource where this build will be created. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`
@@ -821,6 +833,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
}
@@ -1056,6 +1074,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
},
],
"nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to receive the next page of results. This will be absent if the end of the response list has been reached.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html
index 8e7244ca14b..9be4646a574 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html
@@ -331,6 +331,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
}
@@ -560,6 +566,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
}
projectId: string, Required. ID of the project.
@@ -820,6 +832,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
}
@@ -1055,6 +1073,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
},
],
"nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to receive the next page of results. This will be absent if the end of the response list has been reached.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
index 368828cd978..296015f051b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
@@ -329,6 +329,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created.
"description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger.
@@ -605,6 +611,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created.
"description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger.
@@ -908,6 +920,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created.
"description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger.
@@ -1196,6 +1214,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created.
"description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger.
@@ -1491,6 +1515,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created.
"description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger.
@@ -1767,6 +1797,12 @@ Method Details
"startTime": "A String", # Start of time span.
},
},
+ "warnings": [ # Output only. Non-fatal problems encountered during the execution of the build.
+ { # A non-fatal problem encountered during the execution of the build.
+ "priority": "A String", # The priority for this warning.
+ "text": "A String", # Explanation of the warning generated.
+ },
+ ],
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the trigger was created.
"description": "A String", # Human-readable description of this trigger.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
index 405be1b28af..da00811c992 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
@@ -349,22 +349,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -466,6 +460,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -773,7 +768,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
],
"warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.
@@ -1105,22 +1100,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1222,6 +1211,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1529,7 +1519,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -1696,22 +1686,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1813,6 +1797,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -2120,7 +2105,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -2331,22 +2316,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -2448,6 +2427,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -2755,7 +2735,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
],
"kind": "compute#backendServiceList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendServiceList for lists of backend services.
@@ -2908,22 +2888,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -3025,6 +2999,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -3332,7 +3307,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -3722,22 +3697,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -3839,6 +3808,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -4146,7 +4116,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html
index 7211cc7bc13..a95df3e78aa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html
@@ -170,17 +170,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -247,9 +249,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -264,7 +272,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -291,6 +299,9 @@ Method Details
"serviceName": "A String", # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule.
#
# This field is only used for internal load balancing.
+ "sourceIpRanges": [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
+ "A String",
+ ],
"subnetwork": "A String", # This field is only used for internal load balancing.
#
# For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule.
@@ -470,17 +481,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -547,9 +560,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -564,7 +583,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -591,6 +610,9 @@ Method Details
"serviceName": "A String", # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule.
#
# This field is only used for internal load balancing.
+ "sourceIpRanges": [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
+ "A String",
+ ],
"subnetwork": "A String", # This field is only used for internal load balancing.
#
# For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule.
@@ -638,17 +660,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -715,9 +739,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -732,7 +762,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -759,6 +789,9 @@ Method Details
"serviceName": "A String", # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule.
#
# This field is only used for internal load balancing.
+ "sourceIpRanges": [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
+ "A String",
+ ],
"subnetwork": "A String", # This field is only used for internal load balancing.
#
# For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule.
@@ -895,17 +928,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -972,9 +1007,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -989,7 +1030,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -1016,6 +1057,9 @@ Method Details
"serviceName": "A String", # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule.
#
# This field is only used for internal load balancing.
+ "sourceIpRanges": [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
+ "A String",
+ ],
"subnetwork": "A String", # This field is only used for internal load balancing.
#
# For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule.
@@ -1094,17 +1138,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -1171,9 +1217,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -1188,7 +1240,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -1215,6 +1267,9 @@ Method Details
"serviceName": "A String", # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule.
#
# This field is only used for internal load balancing.
+ "sourceIpRanges": [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
+ "A String",
+ ],
"subnetwork": "A String", # This field is only used for internal load balancing.
#
# For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1515e64e91c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,871 @@
+
+
+
+
+Instance Methods
+
+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None)
+Retrieves an aggregated list of future reservations.
+
+ aggregatedList_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+ cancel(project, zone, futureReservation, requestId=None)
+Cancel the specified future reservation.
+
+ close()
+Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ delete(project, zone, futureReservation, requestId=None)
+Deletes the specified future reservation.
+
+ get(project, zone, futureReservation)
+Retrieves information about the specified future reservation.
+
+ insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None)
+Creates a new Future Reservation.
+
+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None)
+A list of all the future reservations that have been configured for the specified project in specified zone.
+
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+ update(project, zone, futureReservation, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None)
+Updates the specified future reservation.
+Method Details
+
+
aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None)
+
Retrieves an aggregated list of future reservations.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+ includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.
+ maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+ orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+ pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+ returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Contains a list of future reservations.
+ "etag": "A String",
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+ "items": { # A list of Future reservation resources.
+ "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of future reservations.
+ "resources": [ # A list of future reservations contained in this scope.
+ {
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier.
+ "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+ "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+ },
+ "specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and total count.
+ "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+ "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+ { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+ "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+ "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+ },
+ ],
+ "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+ {
+ "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+ },
+ ],
+ "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+ "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+ "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+ "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals.
+ "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+ },
+ "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+ },
+ "status": { # [Output only] Represents status related to the future reservation. # [Output only] Status of the Future Reservation
+ "autoCreatedReservations": [ # Fully qualified urls of the automatically created reservations at start_time.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "fulfilledCount": "A String", # This count indicates the fulfilled capacity so far. This is set during "PROVISIONING" state. This count also includes capacity delivered as part of existing matching reservations.
+ "lockTime": "A String", # Time when Future Reservation would become LOCKED, after which no modifications to Future Reservation will be allowed. Applicable only after the Future Reservation is in the APPROVED state. The lock_time is an RFC3339 string. The procurement_status will transition to PROCURING state at this time. TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ "procurementStatus": "A String", # Current state of this Future Reservation
+ },
+ "timeWindow": { # Time window for this Future Reservation.
+ "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ "endTime": "A String", # TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string. TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ },
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the Zone where this future reservation resides.
+ },
+ ],
+ "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of future reservations when the list is empty.
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "kind": "compute#futureReservationsAggregatedListResponse", # Type of resource.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+ "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+}
+
+
+
+
aggregatedList_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+
+
+
cancel(project, zone, futureReservation, requestId=None)
+
Cancel the specified future reservation.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+ futureReservation: string, Name of the future reservation to retrieve. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource.
+ #
+ # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+ #
+ # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)
+ #
+ # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.
+ #
+ # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+ # - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource.
+ # - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource.
+ # - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.
+ #
+ # For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
+
+
close()
+
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+
+
+
delete(project, zone, futureReservation, requestId=None)
+
Deletes the specified future reservation.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+ futureReservation: string, Name of the future reservation to retrieve. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource.
+ #
+ # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+ #
+ # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)
+ #
+ # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.
+ #
+ # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+ # - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource.
+ # - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource.
+ # - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.
+ #
+ # For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
+
+
get(project, zone, futureReservation)
+
Retrieves information about the specified future reservation.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+ futureReservation: string, Name of the future reservation to retrieve. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier.
+ "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+ "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+ },
+ "specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and total count.
+ "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+ "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+ { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+ "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+ "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+ },
+ ],
+ "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+ {
+ "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+ },
+ ],
+ "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+ "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+ "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+ "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals.
+ "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+ },
+ "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+ },
+ "status": { # [Output only] Represents status related to the future reservation. # [Output only] Status of the Future Reservation
+ "autoCreatedReservations": [ # Fully qualified urls of the automatically created reservations at start_time.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "fulfilledCount": "A String", # This count indicates the fulfilled capacity so far. This is set during "PROVISIONING" state. This count also includes capacity delivered as part of existing matching reservations.
+ "lockTime": "A String", # Time when Future Reservation would become LOCKED, after which no modifications to Future Reservation will be allowed. Applicable only after the Future Reservation is in the APPROVED state. The lock_time is an RFC3339 string. The procurement_status will transition to PROCURING state at this time. TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ "procurementStatus": "A String", # Current state of this Future Reservation
+ },
+ "timeWindow": { # Time window for this Future Reservation.
+ "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ "endTime": "A String", # TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string. TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ },
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the Zone where this future reservation resides.
+}
+
+
+
+
insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None)
+
Creates a new Future Reservation.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier.
+ "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+ "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+ },
+ "specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and total count.
+ "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+ "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+ { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+ "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+ "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+ },
+ ],
+ "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+ {
+ "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+ },
+ ],
+ "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+ "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+ "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+ "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals.
+ "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+ },
+ "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+ },
+ "status": { # [Output only] Represents status related to the future reservation. # [Output only] Status of the Future Reservation
+ "autoCreatedReservations": [ # Fully qualified urls of the automatically created reservations at start_time.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "fulfilledCount": "A String", # This count indicates the fulfilled capacity so far. This is set during "PROVISIONING" state. This count also includes capacity delivered as part of existing matching reservations.
+ "lockTime": "A String", # Time when Future Reservation would become LOCKED, after which no modifications to Future Reservation will be allowed. Applicable only after the Future Reservation is in the APPROVED state. The lock_time is an RFC3339 string. The procurement_status will transition to PROCURING state at this time. TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ "procurementStatus": "A String", # Current state of this Future Reservation
+ },
+ "timeWindow": { # Time window for this Future Reservation.
+ "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ "endTime": "A String", # TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string. TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ },
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the Zone where this future reservation resides.
+}
+
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource.
+ #
+ # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+ #
+ # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)
+ #
+ # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.
+ #
+ # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+ # - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource.
+ # - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource.
+ # - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.
+ #
+ # For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
+
+
list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None)
+
A list of all the future reservations that have been configured for the specified project in specified zone.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+ filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+ maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+ orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+ pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+ returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "etag": "A String",
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "items": [ # [Output Only] A list of future reservation resources.
+ {
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier.
+ "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+ "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+ },
+ "specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and total count.
+ "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+ "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+ { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+ "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+ "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+ },
+ ],
+ "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+ {
+ "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+ },
+ ],
+ "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+ "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+ "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+ "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals.
+ "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+ },
+ "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+ },
+ "status": { # [Output only] Represents status related to the future reservation. # [Output only] Status of the Future Reservation
+ "autoCreatedReservations": [ # Fully qualified urls of the automatically created reservations at start_time.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "fulfilledCount": "A String", # This count indicates the fulfilled capacity so far. This is set during "PROVISIONING" state. This count also includes capacity delivered as part of existing matching reservations.
+ "lockTime": "A String", # Time when Future Reservation would become LOCKED, after which no modifications to Future Reservation will be allowed. Applicable only after the Future Reservation is in the APPROVED state. The lock_time is an RFC3339 string. The procurement_status will transition to PROCURING state at this time. TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ "procurementStatus": "A String", # Current state of this Future Reservation
+ },
+ "timeWindow": { # Time window for this Future Reservation.
+ "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ "endTime": "A String", # TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string. TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ },
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the Zone where this future reservation resides.
+ },
+ ],
+ "kind": "compute#futureReservationsListResponse", # [Output Only] Type of resource.Always compute#reservationsList for listsof reservations
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+ "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+}
+
+
+
+
list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+
+
+
update(project, zone, futureReservation, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None)
+
Updates the specified future reservation.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+ futureReservation: string, Name of the reservation to update. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier.
+ "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+ "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+ },
+ "specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and total count.
+ "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+ "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+ { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+ "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+ "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+ },
+ ],
+ "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+ {
+ "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+ },
+ ],
+ "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+ "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+ "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+ "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals.
+ "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+ },
+ "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+ },
+ "status": { # [Output only] Represents status related to the future reservation. # [Output only] Status of the Future Reservation
+ "autoCreatedReservations": [ # Fully qualified urls of the automatically created reservations at start_time.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "fulfilledCount": "A String", # This count indicates the fulfilled capacity so far. This is set during "PROVISIONING" state. This count also includes capacity delivered as part of existing matching reservations.
+ "lockTime": "A String", # Time when Future Reservation would become LOCKED, after which no modifications to Future Reservation will be allowed. Applicable only after the Future Reservation is in the APPROVED state. The lock_time is an RFC3339 string. The procurement_status will transition to PROCURING state at this time. TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ "procurementStatus": "A String", # Current state of this Future Reservation
+ },
+ "timeWindow": { # Time window for this Future Reservation.
+ "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ "endTime": "A String", # TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string. TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.
+ },
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the Zone where this future reservation resides.
+}
+
+ paths: string, The set of field mask paths. (repeated)
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource.
+ #
+ # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+ #
+ # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)
+ #
+ # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.
+ #
+ # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+ # - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource.
+ # - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource.
+ # - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.
+ #
+ # For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html
index a499c463b2c..4e70b3811f4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html
@@ -227,17 +227,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -304,9 +306,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -321,7 +329,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -348,6 +356,9 @@ Method Details
"serviceName": "A String", # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule.
#
# This field is only used for internal load balancing.
+ "sourceIpRanges": [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
+ "A String",
+ ],
"subnetwork": "A String", # This field is only used for internal load balancing.
#
# For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule.
@@ -394,17 +405,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -471,9 +484,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -488,7 +507,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -515,6 +534,9 @@ Method Details
"serviceName": "A String", # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule.
#
# This field is only used for internal load balancing.
+ "sourceIpRanges": [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
+ "A String",
+ ],
"subnetwork": "A String", # This field is only used for internal load balancing.
#
# For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule.
@@ -650,17 +672,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -727,9 +751,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -744,7 +774,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -771,6 +801,9 @@ Method Details
"serviceName": "A String", # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule.
#
# This field is only used for internal load balancing.
+ "sourceIpRanges": [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
+ "A String",
+ ],
"subnetwork": "A String", # This field is only used for internal load balancing.
#
# For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule.
@@ -848,17 +881,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -925,9 +960,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -942,7 +983,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -969,6 +1010,9 @@ Method Details
"serviceName": "A String", # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule.
#
# This field is only used for internal load balancing.
+ "sourceIpRanges": [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
+ "A String",
+ ],
"subnetwork": "A String", # This field is only used for internal load balancing.
#
# For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html
index f0021352f10..e396f36d1cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html
@@ -129,6 +129,11 @@ Instance Methods
Returns the forwardingRules Resource.
+
+ futureReservations()
+
+Returns the futureReservations Resource.
+
globalAddresses()
@@ -239,6 +244,11 @@ Instance Methods
Returns the machineTypes Resource.
+
+ networkEdgeSecurityServices()
+
+Returns the networkEdgeSecurityServices Resource.
+
networkEndpointGroups()
@@ -374,6 +384,11 @@ Instance Methods
Returns the regionOperations Resource.
+
+ regionSecurityPolicies()
+
+Returns the regionSecurityPolicies Resource.
+
regionSslCertificates()
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html
index 861df288049..63b00002421 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html
@@ -165,7 +165,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"rolloutOverride": { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible.
"defaultRolloutTime": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -204,10 +210,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -224,10 +236,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -244,11 +256,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html
index 546adc97f17..655952925b5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html
@@ -375,7 +375,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"rolloutOverride": { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible.
"defaultRolloutTime": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -414,10 +420,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -434,10 +446,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -454,11 +466,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -557,7 +568,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"rolloutOverride": { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible.
"defaultRolloutTime": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -596,10 +613,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -616,10 +639,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -636,11 +659,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -933,7 +955,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"rolloutOverride": { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible.
"defaultRolloutTime": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -972,10 +1000,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -992,10 +1026,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1012,11 +1046,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1204,7 +1237,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"rolloutOverride": { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible.
"defaultRolloutTime": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -1243,10 +1282,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1263,10 +1308,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1283,11 +1328,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1415,7 +1459,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"rolloutOverride": { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible.
"defaultRolloutTime": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -1454,10 +1504,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1474,10 +1530,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1494,11 +1550,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
index d96c632eb18..9a684408c68 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -300,7 +300,9 @@ Method Details
"items": { # A list of InstanceGroupManagersScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # [Output Only] The name of the scope that contains this set of managed instance groups.
"instanceGroupManagers": [ # [Output Only] The list of managed instance groups that are contained in the specified project and zone.
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -849,6 +851,7 @@ Method Details
"instances": [ # The URLs of one or more instances to delete. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
"A String",
],
+ "skipInstancesOnValidationError": True or False, # Specifies whether the request should proceed despite the inclusion of instances that are not members of the group or that are already in the process of being deleted or abandoned. If this field is set to `false` and such an instance is specified in the request, the operation fails. The operation always fails if the request contains a malformed instance URL or a reference to an instance that exists in a zone or region other than the group's zone or region.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -1017,7 +1020,9 @@ Method Details
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1212,7 +1217,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1494,7 +1501,9 @@ Method Details
{ # [Output Only] A list of managed instance groups.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of InstanceGroupManager resources.
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -2023,7 +2032,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -3373,7 +3384,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
index ae439b7eb50..a291bc78917 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -524,6 +524,9 @@ Method Details
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
},
+ "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances.
{ # A service account.
"email": "A String", # Email address of the service account.
@@ -1085,7 +1088,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -1107,6 +1110,9 @@ Method Details
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
},
+ "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances.
{ # A service account.
"email": "A String", # Email address of the service account.
@@ -1561,7 +1567,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -1583,6 +1589,9 @@ Method Details
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
},
+ "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances.
{ # A service account.
"email": "A String", # Email address of the service account.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
index 2f30d82ab9c..b07a7ba1652 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ Method Details
},
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ Method Details
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
},
- "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 300.
+ "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{
+{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
"count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create.
"instance": { # Represents an Instance resource. # DEPRECATED: Please use instance_properties instead.
#
@@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ Method Details
},
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@ Method Details
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
},
- "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 300.
+ "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
@@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -1965,6 +1965,9 @@ Method Details
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
},
+ "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances.
{ # A service account.
"email": "A String", # Email address of the service account.
@@ -1995,7 +1998,7 @@ Method Details
"locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone.
"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.
"a_key": {
- "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given locaction: ALLOW or DENY.
+ "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location: ALLOW or DENY.
},
},
},
@@ -2009,7 +2012,7 @@ Method Details
"predefinedNames": [ # DEPRECATED: Please use per_instance_properties instead.
"A String",
],
- "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 300.
+ "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
],
"sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396.
@@ -2704,7 +2707,7 @@ Method Details
},
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -2726,7 +2729,7 @@ Method Details
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
},
- "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 300.
+ "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
@@ -3736,7 +3739,7 @@ Method Details
},
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -3758,7 +3761,7 @@ Method Details
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
},
- "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 300.
+ "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
@@ -3830,7 +3833,7 @@ Method Details
For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
- secureTags: string, Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 300. (repeated)
+ secureTags: string, Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. (repeated)
sourceInstanceTemplate: string, Specifies instance template to create the instance.
This field is optional. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template:
@@ -4292,7 +4295,7 @@ Method Details
},
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -4314,7 +4317,7 @@ Method Details
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
},
- "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 300.
+ "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
@@ -5931,7 +5934,7 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20
+{ # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -7203,7 +7206,7 @@ Method Details
},
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -7225,7 +7228,7 @@ Method Details
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
},
- "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 300.
+ "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
@@ -7312,7 +7315,7 @@ Method Details
For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
- secureTags: string, Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 300. (repeated)
+ secureTags: string, Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. (repeated)
Returns:
An object of the form:
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html
index 24d1e034f25..c148d5036d6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html
@@ -216,6 +216,7 @@ Method Details
},
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional interconnect attachment resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured.
+ "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
"stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
@@ -449,6 +450,7 @@ Method Details
},
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional interconnect attachment resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured.
+ "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
"stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
@@ -747,6 +749,7 @@ Method Details
},
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional interconnect attachment resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured.
+ "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
"stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
@@ -938,6 +941,7 @@ Method Details
},
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional interconnect attachment resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured.
+ "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
"stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
@@ -1070,6 +1074,7 @@ Method Details
},
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional interconnect attachment resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured.
+ "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
"stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectLocations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectLocations.html
index d071c6047f3..3fcaf8eb2f8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectLocations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectLocations.html
@@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values:
# - CLOSED: The InterconnectLocation is closed and is unavailable for provisioning new Interconnects.
# - AVAILABLE: The InterconnectLocation is available for provisioning new Interconnects.
+ "supportsPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true for locations that support physical zone separation. Defaults to false if the field is not present.
}
@@ -201,6 +202,7 @@ Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values:
# - CLOSED: The InterconnectLocation is closed and is unavailable for provisioning new Interconnects.
# - AVAILABLE: The InterconnectLocation is available for provisioning new Interconnects.
+ "supportsPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true for locations that support physical zone separation. Defaults to false if the field is not present.
},
],
"kind": "compute#interconnectLocationList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#interconnectLocationList for lists of interconnect locations.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
index 4093ea0c3da..467b81e65b9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
@@ -267,6 +267,7 @@ Method Details
"peerIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IP address configured on the customer side of the Interconnect link. The customer should configure this IP address during turnup when prompted by Google NOC. This can be used only for ping tests.
"provisionedLinkCount": 42, # [Output Only] Number of links actually provisioned in this interconnect.
"requestedLinkCount": 42, # Target number of physical links in the link bundle, as requested by the customer.
+ "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values:
@@ -604,6 +605,7 @@ Method Details
"peerIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IP address configured on the customer side of the Interconnect link. The customer should configure this IP address during turnup when prompted by Google NOC. This can be used only for ping tests.
"provisionedLinkCount": 42, # [Output Only] Number of links actually provisioned in this interconnect.
"requestedLinkCount": 42, # Target number of physical links in the link bundle, as requested by the customer.
+ "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values:
@@ -773,6 +775,7 @@ Method Details
"peerIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IP address configured on the customer side of the Interconnect link. The customer should configure this IP address during turnup when prompted by Google NOC. This can be used only for ping tests.
"provisionedLinkCount": 42, # [Output Only] Number of links actually provisioned in this interconnect.
"requestedLinkCount": 42, # Target number of physical links in the link bundle, as requested by the customer.
+ "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values:
@@ -884,6 +887,7 @@ Method Details
"peerIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IP address configured on the customer side of the Interconnect link. The customer should configure this IP address during turnup when prompted by Google NOC. This can be used only for ping tests.
"provisionedLinkCount": 42, # [Output Only] Number of links actually provisioned in this interconnect.
"requestedLinkCount": 42, # Target number of physical links in the link bundle, as requested by the customer.
+ "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values:
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
index e13cb4f1100..df8d76d55c1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Method Details
},
],
"postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ Method Details
},
],
"postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ Method Details
},
],
"postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b2e68dca779
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html
@@ -0,0 +1,500 @@
+
+
+
+
+Instance Methods
+
+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None)
+Retrieves the list of all NetworkEdgeSecurityService resources available to the specified project.
+
+ aggregatedList_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+ close()
+Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ delete(project, region, networkEdgeSecurityService, requestId=None)
+Deletes the specified service.
+
+ get(project, region, networkEdgeSecurityService)
+Gets a specified NetworkEdgeSecurityService.
+
+ insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None)
+Creates a new service in the specified project using the data included in the request.
+
+ patch(project, region, networkEdgeSecurityService, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None)
+Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.
+Method Details
+
+
aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None)
+
Retrieves the list of all NetworkEdgeSecurityService resources available to the specified project.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+ filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+ includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.
+ maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+ orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+ pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+ returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "etag": "A String",
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+ "items": { # A list of NetworkEdgeSecurityServicesScopedList resources.
+ "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of security policies.
+ "networkEdgeSecurityServices": [ # A list of NetworkEdgeSecurityServices contained in this scope.
+ { # Represents a Google Cloud Armor network edge security service resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.networkEdgeSecurityServices ==)
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a NetworkEdgeSecurityService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkEdgeSecurityService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a NetworkEdgeSecurityService.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "kind": "compute#networkEdgeSecurityService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEdgeSecurityServicefor NetworkEdgeSecurityServices
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the resource resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+ "securityPolicy": "A String", # The resource URL for the network edge security service associated with this network edge security service.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ },
+ ],
+ "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of security policies when the list is empty.
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "kind": "compute#networkEdgeSecurityServiceAggregatedList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#networkEdgeSecurityServiceAggregatedList for lists of Network Edge Security Services.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+ "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+}
+
+
+
+
aggregatedList_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+
+
+
close()
+
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+
+
+
delete(project, region, networkEdgeSecurityService, requestId=None)
+
Deletes the specified service.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+ networkEdgeSecurityService: string, Name of the network edge security service to delete. (required)
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource.
+ #
+ # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+ #
+ # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)
+ #
+ # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.
+ #
+ # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+ # - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource.
+ # - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource.
+ # - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.
+ #
+ # For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
+
+
get(project, region, networkEdgeSecurityService)
+
Gets a specified NetworkEdgeSecurityService.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+ networkEdgeSecurityService: string, Name of the network edge security service to get. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents a Google Cloud Armor network edge security service resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.networkEdgeSecurityServices ==)
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a NetworkEdgeSecurityService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkEdgeSecurityService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a NetworkEdgeSecurityService.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "kind": "compute#networkEdgeSecurityService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEdgeSecurityServicefor NetworkEdgeSecurityServices
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the resource resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+ "securityPolicy": "A String", # The resource URL for the network edge security service associated with this network edge security service.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+}
+
+
+
+
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None)
+
Creates a new service in the specified project using the data included in the request.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Google Cloud Armor network edge security service resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.networkEdgeSecurityServices ==)
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a NetworkEdgeSecurityService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkEdgeSecurityService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a NetworkEdgeSecurityService.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "kind": "compute#networkEdgeSecurityService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEdgeSecurityServicefor NetworkEdgeSecurityServices
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the resource resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+ "securityPolicy": "A String", # The resource URL for the network edge security service associated with this network edge security service.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+}
+
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ validateOnly: boolean, If true, the request will not be committed.
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource.
+ #
+ # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+ #
+ # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)
+ #
+ # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.
+ #
+ # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+ # - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource.
+ # - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource.
+ # - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.
+ #
+ # For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
+
+
patch(project, region, networkEdgeSecurityService, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None)
+
Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+ networkEdgeSecurityService: string, Name of the network edge security service to update. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Google Cloud Armor network edge security service resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.networkEdgeSecurityServices ==)
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a NetworkEdgeSecurityService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkEdgeSecurityService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a NetworkEdgeSecurityService.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "kind": "compute#networkEdgeSecurityService", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEdgeSecurityServicefor NetworkEdgeSecurityServices
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the resource resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+ "securityPolicy": "A String", # The resource URL for the network edge security service associated with this network edge security service.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+}
+
+ paths: string, The set of field mask paths. (repeated)
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource.
+ #
+ # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+ #
+ # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)
+ #
+ # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.
+ #
+ # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+ # - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource.
+ # - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource.
+ # - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.
+ #
+ # For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
index 8333882b3e3..de14ae93398 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -595,6 +595,9 @@ Method Details
"enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+ "ddosProtection": "A String",
+ },
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the Organization security plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
@@ -610,6 +613,7 @@ Method Details
},
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
"rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
{ # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
@@ -898,6 +902,9 @@ Method Details
"enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+ "ddosProtection": "A String",
+ },
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the Organization security plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
@@ -913,6 +920,7 @@ Method Details
},
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
"rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
{ # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
@@ -1128,6 +1136,7 @@ Method Details
An object of the form:
{
+ "etag": "A String",
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of SecurityPolicy resources.
{ # Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource.
@@ -1151,6 +1160,9 @@ Method Details
"enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+ "ddosProtection": "A String",
+ },
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the Organization security plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
@@ -1166,6 +1178,7 @@ Method Details
},
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
"rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
{ # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
@@ -1285,6 +1298,9 @@ Method Details
],
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#securityPolicyList for listsof securityPolicies
"nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+ "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
"code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
"data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
@@ -1444,6 +1460,9 @@ Method Details
"enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+ "ddosProtection": "A String",
+ },
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the Organization security plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
@@ -1459,6 +1478,7 @@ Method Details
},
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
"rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
{ # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
index da326a18ad8..478917208ad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -310,22 +310,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -427,6 +421,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -734,7 +729,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -899,22 +894,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1016,6 +1005,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1323,7 +1313,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -1535,22 +1525,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1652,6 +1636,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1959,7 +1944,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
],
"kind": "compute#backendServiceList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendServiceList for lists of backend services.
@@ -2113,22 +2098,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -2230,6 +2209,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -2537,7 +2517,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -2759,22 +2739,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -2876,6 +2850,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -3183,7 +3158,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
index e813d6dbff2..6b2bc8bf9e3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
@@ -98,6 +98,9 @@ Instance Methods
testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None)
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+ update(project, region, commitment, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None)
+Updates the specified commitment with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: auto_renew.
updateReservations(project, region, commitment, body=None, requestId=None)
Transfers GPUs or local SSDs between reservations within commitments.
@@ -136,6 +139,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a regional Commitment resource.
#
# Creating a commitment resource means that you are purchasing a committed use contract with an explicit start and end time. You can create commitments based on vCPUs and memory usage and receive discounted rates. For full details, read Signing Up for Committed Use Discounts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionCommitments ==)
+ "autoRenew": True or False, # Specifies whether to enable automatic renewal for the commitment. The default value is false if not specified. The field can be updated until the day of the commitment expiration at 12:00am PST. If the field is set to true, the commitment will be automatically renewed for either one or three years according to the terms of the existing commitment.
"category": "A String", # The category of the commitment. Category MACHINE specifies commitments composed of machine resources such as VCPU or MEMORY, listed in resources. Category LICENSE specifies commitments composed of software licenses, listed in licenseResources. Note that only MACHINE commitments should have a Type specified.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -161,7 +165,7 @@ Method Details
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "shareSettings": { # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
"projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
"A String",
],
@@ -277,6 +281,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a regional Commitment resource.
#
# Creating a commitment resource means that you are purchasing a committed use contract with an explicit start and end time. You can create commitments based on vCPUs and memory usage and receive discounted rates. For full details, read Signing Up for Committed Use Discounts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionCommitments ==)
+ "autoRenew": True or False, # Specifies whether to enable automatic renewal for the commitment. The default value is false if not specified. The field can be updated until the day of the commitment expiration at 12:00am PST. If the field is set to true, the commitment will be automatically renewed for either one or three years according to the terms of the existing commitment.
"category": "A String", # The category of the commitment. Category MACHINE specifies commitments composed of machine resources such as VCPU or MEMORY, listed in resources. Category LICENSE specifies commitments composed of software licenses, listed in licenseResources. Note that only MACHINE commitments should have a Type specified.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -302,7 +307,7 @@ Method Details
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "shareSettings": { # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
"projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
"A String",
],
@@ -365,6 +370,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a regional Commitment resource.
#
# Creating a commitment resource means that you are purchasing a committed use contract with an explicit start and end time. You can create commitments based on vCPUs and memory usage and receive discounted rates. For full details, read Signing Up for Committed Use Discounts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionCommitments ==)
+ "autoRenew": True or False, # Specifies whether to enable automatic renewal for the commitment. The default value is false if not specified. The field can be updated until the day of the commitment expiration at 12:00am PST. If the field is set to true, the commitment will be automatically renewed for either one or three years according to the terms of the existing commitment.
"category": "A String", # The category of the commitment. Category MACHINE specifies commitments composed of machine resources such as VCPU or MEMORY, listed in resources. Category LICENSE specifies commitments composed of software licenses, listed in licenseResources. Note that only MACHINE commitments should have a Type specified.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -390,7 +396,7 @@ Method Details
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "shareSettings": { # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
"projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
"A String",
],
@@ -542,6 +548,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a regional Commitment resource.
#
# Creating a commitment resource means that you are purchasing a committed use contract with an explicit start and end time. You can create commitments based on vCPUs and memory usage and receive discounted rates. For full details, read Signing Up for Committed Use Discounts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionCommitments ==)
+ "autoRenew": True or False, # Specifies whether to enable automatic renewal for the commitment. The default value is false if not specified. The field can be updated until the day of the commitment expiration at 12:00am PST. If the field is set to true, the commitment will be automatically renewed for either one or three years according to the terms of the existing commitment.
"category": "A String", # The category of the commitment. Category MACHINE specifies commitments composed of machine resources such as VCPU or MEMORY, listed in resources. Category LICENSE specifies commitments composed of software licenses, listed in licenseResources. Note that only MACHINE commitments should have a Type specified.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -567,7 +574,7 @@ Method Details
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "shareSettings": { # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
"projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
"A String",
],
@@ -675,6 +682,167 @@ Method Details
}
+
+
update(project, region, commitment, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None)
+
Updates the specified commitment with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: auto_renew.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+ commitment: string, Name of the commitment for which auto renew is being updated. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a regional Commitment resource.
+ #
+ # Creating a commitment resource means that you are purchasing a committed use contract with an explicit start and end time. You can create commitments based on vCPUs and memory usage and receive discounted rates. For full details, read Signing Up for Committed Use Discounts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionCommitments ==)
+ "autoRenew": True or False, # Specifies whether to enable automatic renewal for the commitment. The default value is false if not specified. The field can be updated until the day of the commitment expiration at 12:00am PST. If the field is set to true, the commitment will be automatically renewed for either one or three years according to the terms of the existing commitment.
+ "category": "A String", # The category of the commitment. Category MACHINE specifies commitments composed of machine resources such as VCPU or MEMORY, listed in resources. Category LICENSE specifies commitments composed of software licenses, listed in licenseResources. Note that only MACHINE commitments should have a Type specified.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "endTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Commitment end time in RFC3339 text format.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "kind": "compute#commitment", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#commitment for commitments.
+ "licenseResource": { # Commitment for a particular license resource. # The license specification required as part of a license commitment.
+ "amount": "A String", # The number of licenses purchased.
+ "coresPerLicense": "A String", # Specifies the core range of the instance for which this license applies.
+ "license": "A String", # Any applicable license URI.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "plan": "A String", # The plan for this commitment, which determines duration and discount rate. The currently supported plans are TWELVE_MONTH (1 year), and THIRTY_SIX_MONTH (3 years).
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where this commitment may be used.
+ "reservations": [ # List of reservations in this commitment.
+ { # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.reservations ==)
+ "commitment": "A String", # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+ "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+ },
+ "specificReservation": { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
+ "count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
+ "inUseCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
+ "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # The instance properties for the reservation.
+ "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+ { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+ "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+ "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+ },
+ ],
+ "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+ {
+ "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+ "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+ },
+ ],
+ "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+ "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+ "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+ "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals.
+ "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+ },
+ },
+ "specificReservationRequired": True or False, # Indicates whether the reservation can be consumed by VMs with affinity for "any" reservation. If the field is set, then only VMs that target the reservation by name can consume from this reservation.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the reservation.
+ "zone": "A String", # Zone in which the reservation resides. A zone must be provided if the reservation is created within a commitment.
+ },
+ ],
+ "resources": [ # A list of commitment amounts for particular resources. Note that VCPU and MEMORY resource commitments must occur together.
+ { # Commitment for a particular resource (a Commitment is composed of one or more of these).
+ "acceleratorType": "A String", # Name of the accelerator type resource. Applicable only when the type is ACCELERATOR.
+ "amount": "A String", # The amount of the resource purchased (in a type-dependent unit, such as bytes). For vCPUs, this can just be an integer. For memory, this must be provided in MB. Memory must be a multiple of 256 MB, with up to 6.5GB of memory per every vCPU.
+ "type": "A String", # Type of resource for which this commitment applies. Possible values are VCPU and MEMORY
+ },
+ ],
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "startTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Commitment start time in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the commitment with regards to eventual expiration (each commitment has an end date defined). One of the following values: NOT_YET_ACTIVE, ACTIVE, EXPIRED.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable explanation of the status.
+ "type": "A String", # The type of commitment, which affects the discount rate and the eligible resources. Type MEMORY_OPTIMIZED specifies a commitment that will only apply to memory optimized machines. Type ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED specifies a commitment that will only apply to accelerator optimized machines.
+}
+
+ paths: string, The set of field mask paths. (repeated)
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource.
+ #
+ # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+ #
+ # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)
+ #
+ # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.
+ #
+ # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+ # - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource.
+ # - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource.
+ # - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.
+ #
+ # For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
updateReservations(project, region, commitment, body=None, requestId=None)
Transfers GPUs or local SSDs between reservations within commitments.
@@ -698,7 +866,7 @@ Method Details
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "shareSettings": { # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
"projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html
index f6e3e7154a7..5f05facfaf8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
- "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks</code? must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+ "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
"healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
- "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks</code? must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+ "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
"healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
- "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks</code? must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+ "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
"healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
- "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks</code? must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+ "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
"healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
- "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks</code? must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+ "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
"healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index f23d6ad1734..0e2a617cb00 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -584,6 +584,7 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
"skipInapplicableInstances": True or False, # Skip instances which cannot be deleted (instances not belonging to this managed group, already being deleted or being abandoned). If `false`, fail whole flow, if such instance is passed. DEPRECATED: Use skip_instances_on_validation_error instead.
+ "skipInstancesOnValidationError": True or False, # Specifies whether the request should proceed despite the inclusion of instances that are not members of the group or that are already in the process of being deleted or abandoned. If this field is set to `false` and such an instance is specified in the request, the operation fails. The operation always fails if the request contains a malformed instance URL or a reference to an instance that exists in a zone or region other than the group's zone or region.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -752,7 +753,9 @@ Method Details
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -947,7 +950,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1229,7 +1234,9 @@ Method Details
{ # Contains a list of managed instance groups.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of InstanceGroupManager resources.
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1758,7 +1765,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -3106,7 +3115,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
index 1281bd77cc5..526f013f756 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{
+{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
"count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create.
"instance": { # Represents an Instance resource. # DEPRECATED: Please use instance_properties instead.
#
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Method Details
},
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Method Details
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
},
- "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 300.
+ "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -855,6 +855,9 @@ Method Details
"onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options.
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.
},
+ "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances.
{ # A service account.
"email": "A String", # Email address of the service account.
@@ -885,7 +888,7 @@ Method Details
"locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone.
"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.
"a_key": {
- "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given locaction: ALLOW or DENY.
+ "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location: ALLOW or DENY.
},
},
},
@@ -899,7 +902,7 @@ Method Details
"predefinedNames": [ # DEPRECATED: Please use per_instance_properties instead.
"A String",
],
- "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 300.
+ "secureTags": [ # Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
"A String",
],
"sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..19435a472c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1051 @@
+
+
+
+
+Instance Methods
+
+ close()
+Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ delete(project, region, securityPolicy, requestId=None)
+Deletes the specified policy.
+
+ get(project, region, securityPolicy)
+List all of the ordered rules present in a single specified policy.
+
+ insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None)
+Creates a new policy in the specified project using the data included in the request.
+
+ list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None)
+List all the policies that have been configured for the specified project and region.
+
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+ patch(project, region, securityPolicy, body=None, requestId=None)
+Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.
+Method Details
+
+
close()
+
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+
+
+
delete(project, region, securityPolicy, requestId=None)
+
Deletes the specified policy.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+ securityPolicy: string, Name of the security policy to delete. (required)
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource.
+ #
+ # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+ #
+ # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)
+ #
+ # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.
+ #
+ # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+ # - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource.
+ # - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource.
+ # - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.
+ #
+ # For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
+
+
get(project, region, securityPolicy)
+
List all of the ordered rules present in a single specified policy.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+ securityPolicy: string, Name of the security policy to get. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource.
+ #
+ # Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.securityPolicies ==)
+ "adaptiveProtectionConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection (CAAP).
+ "layer7DdosDefenseConfig": { # Configuration options for L7 DDoS detection. # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ "enable": True or False, # If set to true, enables CAAP for L7 DDoS detection.
+ "ruleVisibility": "A String", # Rule visibility can be one of the following: STANDARD - opaque rules. (default) PREMIUM - transparent rules.
+ },
+ },
+ "associations": [ # A list of associations that belong to this policy.
+ {
+ "attachmentId": "A String", # The resource that the security policy is attached to.
+ "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] The display name of the security policy of the association.
+ "name": "A String", # The name for an association.
+ "securityPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] The security policy ID of the association.
+ },
+ ],
+ "cloudArmorConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor.
+ "enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ },
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+ "ddosProtection": "A String",
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the Organization security plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "kind": "compute#securityPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyfor security policies
+ "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this security policy, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+ "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
+ "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
+ "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
+ { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
+ "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Can currently be either "allow" or "deny()" where valid values for status are 403, 404, and 502.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
+ "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
+ "config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
+ "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "destPorts": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ {
+ "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+ "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.
+ #
+ # Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ {
+ "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+ "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.
+ #
+ # Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of src_ip_ranges allowed is 10.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "expr": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. # User defined CEVAL expression. A CEVAL expression is used to specify match criteria such as origin.ip, source.region_code and contents in the request header.
+ #
+ # Example (Comparison):
+ #
+ # title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+ #
+ # Example (Equality):
+ #
+ # title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+ #
+ # Example (Logic):
+ #
+ # title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+ #
+ # Example (Data Manipulation):
+ #
+ # title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+ #
+ # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config.
+ },
+ "preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
+ "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "rateLimitOptions": { # Must be specified if the action is "rate_based_ban" or "throttle". Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "banDurationSec": 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+ "banThreshold": { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, the key will be banned for the configured 'ban_duration_sec' when the number of requests that exceed the 'rate_limit_threshold' also exceed this 'ban_threshold'.
+ "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+ "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+ },
+ "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are "allow", "fairshare", and "drop_overload".
+ "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is "IP", each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas "ALL_IPs" means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+ "exceedAction": "A String", # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are "deny()" where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+ "rateLimitThreshold": { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+ "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+ "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+ },
+ },
+ "redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
+ "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
+ "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+}
+
+
+
+
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None)
+
Creates a new policy in the specified project using the data included in the request.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource.
+ #
+ # Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.securityPolicies ==)
+ "adaptiveProtectionConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection (CAAP).
+ "layer7DdosDefenseConfig": { # Configuration options for L7 DDoS detection. # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ "enable": True or False, # If set to true, enables CAAP for L7 DDoS detection.
+ "ruleVisibility": "A String", # Rule visibility can be one of the following: STANDARD - opaque rules. (default) PREMIUM - transparent rules.
+ },
+ },
+ "associations": [ # A list of associations that belong to this policy.
+ {
+ "attachmentId": "A String", # The resource that the security policy is attached to.
+ "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] The display name of the security policy of the association.
+ "name": "A String", # The name for an association.
+ "securityPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] The security policy ID of the association.
+ },
+ ],
+ "cloudArmorConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor.
+ "enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ },
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+ "ddosProtection": "A String",
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the Organization security plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "kind": "compute#securityPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyfor security policies
+ "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this security policy, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+ "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
+ "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
+ "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
+ { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
+ "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Can currently be either "allow" or "deny()" where valid values for status are 403, 404, and 502.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
+ "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
+ "config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
+ "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "destPorts": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ {
+ "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+ "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.
+ #
+ # Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ {
+ "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+ "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.
+ #
+ # Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of src_ip_ranges allowed is 10.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "expr": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. # User defined CEVAL expression. A CEVAL expression is used to specify match criteria such as origin.ip, source.region_code and contents in the request header.
+ #
+ # Example (Comparison):
+ #
+ # title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+ #
+ # Example (Equality):
+ #
+ # title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+ #
+ # Example (Logic):
+ #
+ # title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+ #
+ # Example (Data Manipulation):
+ #
+ # title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+ #
+ # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config.
+ },
+ "preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
+ "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "rateLimitOptions": { # Must be specified if the action is "rate_based_ban" or "throttle". Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "banDurationSec": 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+ "banThreshold": { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, the key will be banned for the configured 'ban_duration_sec' when the number of requests that exceed the 'rate_limit_threshold' also exceed this 'ban_threshold'.
+ "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+ "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+ },
+ "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are "allow", "fairshare", and "drop_overload".
+ "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is "IP", each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas "ALL_IPs" means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+ "exceedAction": "A String", # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are "deny()" where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+ "rateLimitThreshold": { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+ "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+ "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+ },
+ },
+ "redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
+ "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
+ "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+}
+
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ validateOnly: boolean, If true, the request will not be committed.
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource.
+ #
+ # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+ #
+ # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)
+ #
+ # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.
+ #
+ # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+ # - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource.
+ # - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource.
+ # - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.
+ #
+ # For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
+
+
list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None)
+
List all the policies that have been configured for the specified project and region.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+ filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+ maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+ orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+ pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+ returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "etag": "A String",
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+ "items": [ # A list of SecurityPolicy resources.
+ { # Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource.
+ #
+ # Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.securityPolicies ==)
+ "adaptiveProtectionConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection (CAAP).
+ "layer7DdosDefenseConfig": { # Configuration options for L7 DDoS detection. # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ "enable": True or False, # If set to true, enables CAAP for L7 DDoS detection.
+ "ruleVisibility": "A String", # Rule visibility can be one of the following: STANDARD - opaque rules. (default) PREMIUM - transparent rules.
+ },
+ },
+ "associations": [ # A list of associations that belong to this policy.
+ {
+ "attachmentId": "A String", # The resource that the security policy is attached to.
+ "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] The display name of the security policy of the association.
+ "name": "A String", # The name for an association.
+ "securityPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] The security policy ID of the association.
+ },
+ ],
+ "cloudArmorConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor.
+ "enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ },
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+ "ddosProtection": "A String",
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the Organization security plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "kind": "compute#securityPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyfor security policies
+ "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this security policy, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+ "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
+ "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
+ "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
+ { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
+ "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Can currently be either "allow" or "deny()" where valid values for status are 403, 404, and 502.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
+ "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
+ "config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
+ "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "destPorts": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ {
+ "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+ "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.
+ #
+ # Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ {
+ "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+ "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.
+ #
+ # Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of src_ip_ranges allowed is 10.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "expr": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. # User defined CEVAL expression. A CEVAL expression is used to specify match criteria such as origin.ip, source.region_code and contents in the request header.
+ #
+ # Example (Comparison):
+ #
+ # title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+ #
+ # Example (Equality):
+ #
+ # title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+ #
+ # Example (Logic):
+ #
+ # title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+ #
+ # Example (Data Manipulation):
+ #
+ # title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+ #
+ # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config.
+ },
+ "preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
+ "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "rateLimitOptions": { # Must be specified if the action is "rate_based_ban" or "throttle". Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "banDurationSec": 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+ "banThreshold": { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, the key will be banned for the configured 'ban_duration_sec' when the number of requests that exceed the 'rate_limit_threshold' also exceed this 'ban_threshold'.
+ "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+ "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+ },
+ "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are "allow", "fairshare", and "drop_overload".
+ "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is "IP", each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas "ALL_IPs" means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+ "exceedAction": "A String", # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are "deny()" where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+ "rateLimitThreshold": { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+ "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+ "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+ },
+ },
+ "redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
+ "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
+ "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+ },
+ ],
+ "kind": "compute#securityPolicyList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#securityPolicyList for listsof securityPolicies
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+ "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+}
+
+
+
+
list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+
+
+
patch(project, region, securityPolicy, body=None, requestId=None)
+
Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+ securityPolicy: string, Name of the security policy to update. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource.
+ #
+ # Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.securityPolicies ==)
+ "adaptiveProtectionConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection (CAAP).
+ "layer7DdosDefenseConfig": { # Configuration options for L7 DDoS detection. # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ "enable": True or False, # If set to true, enables CAAP for L7 DDoS detection.
+ "ruleVisibility": "A String", # Rule visibility can be one of the following: STANDARD - opaque rules. (default) PREMIUM - transparent rules.
+ },
+ },
+ "associations": [ # A list of associations that belong to this policy.
+ {
+ "attachmentId": "A String", # The resource that the security policy is attached to.
+ "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] The display name of the security policy of the association.
+ "name": "A String", # The name for an association.
+ "securityPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] The security policy ID of the association.
+ },
+ ],
+ "cloudArmorConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor.
+ "enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ },
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+ "ddosProtection": "A String",
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the Organization security plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "kind": "compute#securityPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyfor security policies
+ "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this security policy, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+ "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
+ "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
+ "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
+ { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
+ "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Can currently be either "allow" or "deny()" where valid values for status are 403, 404, and 502.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
+ "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
+ "config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
+ "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "destPorts": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ {
+ "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+ "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.
+ #
+ # Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ {
+ "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+ "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.
+ #
+ # Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of src_ip_ranges allowed is 10.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "expr": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. # User defined CEVAL expression. A CEVAL expression is used to specify match criteria such as origin.ip, source.region_code and contents in the request header.
+ #
+ # Example (Comparison):
+ #
+ # title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+ #
+ # Example (Equality):
+ #
+ # title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+ #
+ # Example (Logic):
+ #
+ # title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+ #
+ # Example (Data Manipulation):
+ #
+ # title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+ #
+ # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config.
+ },
+ "preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
+ "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "rateLimitOptions": { # Must be specified if the action is "rate_based_ban" or "throttle". Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "banDurationSec": 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+ "banThreshold": { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, the key will be banned for the configured 'ban_duration_sec' when the number of requests that exceed the 'rate_limit_threshold' also exceed this 'ban_threshold'.
+ "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+ "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+ },
+ "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are "allow", "fairshare", and "drop_overload".
+ "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is "IP", each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas "ALL_IPs" means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+ "exceedAction": "A String", # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are "deny()" where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+ "rateLimitThreshold": { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+ "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+ "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+ },
+ },
+ "redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
+ "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
+ "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+}
+
+ requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Represents an Operation resource.
+ #
+ # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+ #
+ # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)
+ #
+ # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.
+ #
+ # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+ # - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource.
+ # - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource.
+ # - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.
+ #
+ # For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)
+ "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+ "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+ "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+ "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+ "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+ "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+ "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+ "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+ "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+ "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+ "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+ "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+ "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+ "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+ {
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ ],
+ "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
index 9dcb1911a17..87323d2240f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html
index cf5d0db9476..5e960f5d308 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html
@@ -248,10 +248,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -449,10 +449,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -645,10 +645,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -939,10 +939,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1155,10 +1155,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1356,10 +1356,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1552,10 +1552,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1846,10 +1846,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2232,10 +2232,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2433,10 +2433,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2467,7 +2467,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2629,10 +2629,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2663,7 +2663,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2923,10 +2923,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2957,7 +2957,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3170,10 +3170,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3204,7 +3204,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3371,10 +3371,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3405,7 +3405,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3567,10 +3567,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3601,7 +3601,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3861,10 +3861,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3895,7 +3895,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4172,10 +4172,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4206,7 +4206,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4373,10 +4373,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4407,7 +4407,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4569,10 +4569,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4603,7 +4603,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4863,10 +4863,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4897,7 +4897,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5147,10 +5147,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5181,7 +5181,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5348,10 +5348,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5382,7 +5382,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5544,10 +5544,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5578,7 +5578,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5838,10 +5838,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5872,7 +5872,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
index a2d62218188..6646863f1e6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Method Details
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "shareSettings": { # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
"projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
"A String",
],
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Method Details
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "shareSettings": { # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
"projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
"A String",
],
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ Method Details
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "shareSettings": { # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
"projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
"A String",
],
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ Method Details
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
- "shareSettings": { # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+ "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
"projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
"A String",
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
index eea40e7a0ac..2bc9791b1c5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
@@ -77,6 +77,12 @@ Instance Methods
addRule(project, securityPolicy, body=None, validateOnly=None)
Inserts a rule into a security policy.
+
+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None)
+Retrieves the list of all SecurityPolicy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.
+
+ aggregatedList_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+Retrieves the next page of results.
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -304,6 +310,242 @@ Method Details
}
+
+
aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None)
+
Retrieves the list of all SecurityPolicy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+ filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+ includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.
+ maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+ orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+ pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+ returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "etag": "A String",
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+ "items": { # A list of SecurityPoliciesScopedList resources.
+ "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of security policies.
+ "securityPolicies": [ # A list of SecurityPolicies contained in this scope.
+ { # Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource.
+ #
+ # Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.securityPolicies ==)
+ "adaptiveProtectionConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection (CAAP).
+ "layer7DdosDefenseConfig": { # Configuration options for L7 DDoS detection. # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ "enable": True or False, # If set to true, enables CAAP for L7 DDoS detection.
+ "ruleVisibility": "A String", # Rule visibility can be one of the following: STANDARD - opaque rules. (default) PREMIUM - transparent rules.
+ },
+ },
+ "associations": [ # A list of associations that belong to this policy.
+ {
+ "attachmentId": "A String", # The resource that the security policy is attached to.
+ "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] The display name of the security policy of the association.
+ "name": "A String", # The name for an association.
+ "securityPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] The security policy ID of the association.
+ },
+ ],
+ "cloudArmorConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor.
+ "enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+ },
+ "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+ "ddosProtection": "A String",
+ },
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the Organization security plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+ "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+ "kind": "compute#securityPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyfor security policies
+ "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this security policy, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels.
+ #
+ # To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+ "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+ "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
+ "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
+ "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
+ { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
+ "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Can currently be either "allow" or "deny()" where valid values for status are 403, 404, and 502.
+ "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+ "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers.
+ "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+ {
+ "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+ "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
+ "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
+ "config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
+ "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "destPorts": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ {
+ "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+ "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.
+ #
+ # Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ {
+ "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+ "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.
+ #
+ # Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"].
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of src_ip_ranges allowed is 10.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "expr": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. # User defined CEVAL expression. A CEVAL expression is used to specify match criteria such as origin.ip, source.region_code and contents in the request header.
+ #
+ # Example (Comparison):
+ #
+ # title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+ #
+ # Example (Equality):
+ #
+ # title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+ #
+ # Example (Logic):
+ #
+ # title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+ #
+ # Example (Data Manipulation):
+ #
+ # title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+ #
+ # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config.
+ },
+ "preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
+ "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+ "rateLimitOptions": { # Must be specified if the action is "rate_based_ban" or "throttle". Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "banDurationSec": 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+ "banThreshold": { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, the key will be banned for the configured 'ban_duration_sec' when the number of requests that exceed the 'rate_limit_threshold' also exceed this 'ban_threshold'.
+ "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+ "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+ },
+ "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are "allow", "fairshare", and "drop_overload".
+ "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is "IP", each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas "ALL_IPs" means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+ "exceedAction": "A String", # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are "deny()" where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+ "rateLimitThreshold": { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+ "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+ "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+ },
+ },
+ "redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+ "ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
+ "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
+ "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.
+ #
+ # This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+ "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+ },
+ ],
+ "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of security policies when the list is empty.
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ "kind": "compute#securityPoliciesAggregatedList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#securityPolicyAggregatedList for lists of Security Policies.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+ "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+ "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+ "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+ "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
+ # "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+ {
+ "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+ "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+ },
+}
+
+
+
+
aggregatedList_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -419,6 +661,9 @@
Method Details
"enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+ "ddosProtection": "A String",
+ },
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the Organization security plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
@@ -434,6 +679,7 @@
Method Details
},
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
"rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
{ # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
@@ -705,6 +951,9 @@
Method Details
"enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+ "ddosProtection": "A String",
+ },
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the Organization security plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
@@ -720,6 +969,7 @@
Method Details
},
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
"rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
{ # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
@@ -935,6 +1185,7 @@
Method Details
An object of the form:
{
+ "etag": "A String",
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of SecurityPolicy resources.
{ # Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource.
@@ -958,6 +1209,9 @@
Method Details
"enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+ "ddosProtection": "A String",
+ },
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the Organization security plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
@@ -973,6 +1227,7 @@
Method Details
},
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
"rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
{ # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
@@ -1092,6 +1347,9 @@
Method Details
],
"kind": "compute#securityPolicyList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#securityPolicyList for listsof securityPolicies
"nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+ "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
"code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
"data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:
@@ -1197,6 +1455,9 @@
Method Details
"enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+ "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+ "ddosProtection": "A String",
+ },
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the Organization security plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
@@ -1212,6 +1473,7 @@
Method Details
},
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
"parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+ "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
"ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
"rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule (rule with priority 2147483647 and match "*"). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
{ # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html
index 6a925d9c37e..b61cff985b6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": { # A list of ServiceAttachmentsScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of ServiceAttachments.
- "resources": [ # A list of ServiceAttachments contained in this scope.
+ "serviceAttachments": [ # A list of ServiceAttachments contained in this scope.
{ # Represents a ServiceAttachment resource.
#
# A service attachment represents a service that a producer has exposed. It encapsulates the load balancer which fronts the service runs and a list of NAT IP ranges that the producers uses to represent the consumers connecting to the service. next tag = 19
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html
index 8f68bb1c05d..a0a194d22f3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html
@@ -203,11 +203,13 @@
Method Details
],
"purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
"region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+ "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range.
"role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose = INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request.
"secondaryIpRanges": [ # An array of configurations for secondary IP ranges for VM instances contained in this subnetwork. The primary IP of such VM must belong to the primary ipCidrRange of the subnetwork. The alias IPs may belong to either primary or secondary ranges. This field can be updated with a patch request.
{ # Represents a secondary IP range of a subnetwork.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of IP addresses belonging to this subnetwork secondary range. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping with all primary and secondary IP ranges within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list.
"rangeName": "A String", # The name associated with this subnetwork secondary range, used when adding an alias IP range to a VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. The name must be unique within the subnetwork.
+ "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range.
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -499,11 +501,13 @@
Method Details
],
"purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
"region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+ "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range.
"role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose = INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request.
"secondaryIpRanges": [ # An array of configurations for secondary IP ranges for VM instances contained in this subnetwork. The primary IP of such VM must belong to the primary ipCidrRange of the subnetwork. The alias IPs may belong to either primary or secondary ranges. This field can be updated with a patch request.
{ # Represents a secondary IP range of a subnetwork.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of IP addresses belonging to this subnetwork secondary range. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping with all primary and secondary IP ranges within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list.
"rangeName": "A String", # The name associated with this subnetwork secondary range, used when adding an alias IP range to a VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. The name must be unique within the subnetwork.
+ "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range.
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -774,11 +778,13 @@
Method Details
],
"purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
"region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+ "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range.
"role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose = INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request.
"secondaryIpRanges": [ # An array of configurations for secondary IP ranges for VM instances contained in this subnetwork. The primary IP of such VM must belong to the primary ipCidrRange of the subnetwork. The alias IPs may belong to either primary or secondary ranges. This field can be updated with a patch request.
{ # Represents a secondary IP range of a subnetwork.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of IP addresses belonging to this subnetwork secondary range. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping with all primary and secondary IP ranges within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list.
"rangeName": "A String", # The name associated with this subnetwork secondary range, used when adding an alias IP range to a VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. The name must be unique within the subnetwork.
+ "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range.
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -941,11 +947,13 @@
Method Details
],
"purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
"region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+ "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range.
"role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose = INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request.
"secondaryIpRanges": [ # An array of configurations for secondary IP ranges for VM instances contained in this subnetwork. The primary IP of such VM must belong to the primary ipCidrRange of the subnetwork. The alias IPs may belong to either primary or secondary ranges. This field can be updated with a patch request.
{ # Represents a secondary IP range of a subnetwork.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of IP addresses belonging to this subnetwork secondary range. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping with all primary and secondary IP ranges within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list.
"rangeName": "A String", # The name associated with this subnetwork secondary range, used when adding an alias IP range to a VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. The name must be unique within the subnetwork.
+ "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range.
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -1121,11 +1129,13 @@
Method Details
],
"purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE_RFC_1918 or INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. A subnetwork with purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER is a user-created subnetwork that is reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. If unspecified, the purpose defaults to PRIVATE_RFC_1918. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
"region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+ "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range.
"role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose = INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request.
"secondaryIpRanges": [ # An array of configurations for secondary IP ranges for VM instances contained in this subnetwork. The primary IP of such VM must belong to the primary ipCidrRange of the subnetwork. The alias IPs may belong to either primary or secondary ranges. This field can be updated with a patch request.
{ # Represents a secondary IP range of a subnetwork.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of IP addresses belonging to this subnetwork secondary range. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping with all primary and secondary IP ranges within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list.
"rangeName": "A String", # The name associated with this subnetwork secondary range, used when adding an alias IP range to a VM instance. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. The name must be unique within the subnetwork.
+ "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range.
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html
index 0a826a754db..65cd8562d99 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@
Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@
Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@
Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@
Method Details
The object takes the form of:
{
- "sslCertificates": [ # New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource. Currently exactly one SslCertificate resource must be specified.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
"A String",
],
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html
index 9d0d6b46ca5..bbf76a7ba5e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
Method Details
"proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"service": "A String", # URL to the BackendService resource.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetSslProxy resource. If not set, the TargetSslProxy resource will not have any SSL policy configured.
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
Method Details
"proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"service": "A String", # URL to the BackendService resource.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetSslProxy resource. If not set, the TargetSslProxy resource will not have any SSL policy configured.
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
Method Details
"proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"service": "A String", # URL to the BackendService resource.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetSslProxy resource. If not set, the TargetSslProxy resource will not have any SSL policy configured.
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@
Method Details
The object takes the form of:
{
- "sslCertificates": [ # New set of URLs to SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetSslProxy. Currently exactly one ssl certificate must be specified.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # New set of URLs to SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetSslProxy. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
"A String",
],
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html
index 71d1ef95b43..bb5ec493b19 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html
@@ -193,10 +193,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -394,10 +394,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -590,10 +590,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -884,10 +884,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1230,10 +1230,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1431,10 +1431,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1627,10 +1627,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1921,10 +1921,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2136,10 +2136,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2337,10 +2337,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2533,10 +2533,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2567,7 +2567,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2827,10 +2827,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2861,7 +2861,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3219,10 +3219,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3253,7 +3253,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3420,10 +3420,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3454,7 +3454,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3616,10 +3616,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3650,7 +3650,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3910,10 +3910,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3944,7 +3944,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4156,10 +4156,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4190,7 +4190,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4357,10 +4357,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4391,7 +4391,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4553,10 +4553,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4587,7 +4587,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4847,10 +4847,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4881,7 +4881,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5160,10 +5160,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5194,7 +5194,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5361,10 +5361,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5395,7 +5395,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5557,10 +5557,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5591,7 +5591,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5851,10 +5851,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5885,7 +5885,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -6138,10 +6138,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -6172,7 +6172,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -6339,10 +6339,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -6373,7 +6373,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -6535,10 +6535,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -6569,7 +6569,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -6829,10 +6829,10 @@
Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -6863,7 +6863,7 @@
Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
index c1cc27548e6..5660dd0153a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
@@ -345,22 +345,16 @@
Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -456,6 +450,7 @@
Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -530,7 +525,7 @@
Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
],
"warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.
@@ -860,22 +855,16 @@
Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -971,6 +960,7 @@
Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1045,7 +1035,7 @@
Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -1212,22 +1202,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1323,6 +1307,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1397,7 +1382,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -1607,22 +1592,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1718,6 +1697,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1792,7 +1772,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
],
"kind": "compute#backendServiceList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendServiceList for lists of backend services.
@@ -1945,22 +1925,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -2056,6 +2030,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -2130,7 +2105,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -2433,22 +2408,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -2544,6 +2513,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -2618,7 +2588,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html
index 81afa99ee2a..20290bce8a4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html
@@ -170,17 +170,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -247,9 +249,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -264,12 +272,13 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+ "pscConnectionStatus": "A String",
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"serviceDirectoryRegistrations": [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource.
@@ -467,17 +476,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -544,9 +555,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -561,12 +578,13 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+ "pscConnectionStatus": "A String",
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"serviceDirectoryRegistrations": [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource.
@@ -633,17 +651,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -710,9 +730,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -727,12 +753,13 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+ "pscConnectionStatus": "A String",
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"serviceDirectoryRegistrations": [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource.
@@ -887,17 +914,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -964,9 +993,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -981,12 +1016,13 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+ "pscConnectionStatus": "A String",
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"serviceDirectoryRegistrations": [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource.
@@ -1084,17 +1120,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -1161,9 +1199,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -1178,12 +1222,13 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+ "pscConnectionStatus": "A String",
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"serviceDirectoryRegistrations": [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html
index 3cd3ebc5ab4..ec5494697ae 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html
@@ -226,17 +226,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -303,9 +305,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -320,12 +328,13 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+ "pscConnectionStatus": "A String",
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"serviceDirectoryRegistrations": [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource.
@@ -391,17 +400,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -468,9 +479,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -485,12 +502,13 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+ "pscConnectionStatus": "A String",
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"serviceDirectoryRegistrations": [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource.
@@ -644,17 +662,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -721,9 +741,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -738,12 +764,13 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+ "pscConnectionStatus": "A String",
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"serviceDirectoryRegistrations": [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource.
@@ -840,17 +867,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -917,9 +946,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -934,12 +969,13 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+ "pscConnectionStatus": "A String",
"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"serviceDirectoryRegistrations": [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html
index b4d5a513de8..467c5e0acf1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html
@@ -155,7 +155,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -183,10 +189,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -203,10 +215,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -223,11 +235,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html
index 3e1510f5d66..9919c0e3522 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html
@@ -353,7 +353,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -381,10 +387,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -401,10 +413,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -421,11 +433,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -514,7 +525,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -542,10 +559,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -562,10 +585,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -582,11 +605,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -869,7 +891,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -897,10 +925,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -917,10 +951,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -937,11 +971,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1117,7 +1150,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -1145,10 +1184,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1165,10 +1210,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1185,11 +1230,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1307,7 +1351,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -1335,10 +1385,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1355,10 +1411,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1375,11 +1431,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
index b39c3bb2522..4b48794c4a0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -287,7 +287,9 @@ Method Details
"items": { # A list of InstanceGroupManagersScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # [Output Only] The name of the scope that contains this set of managed instance groups.
"instanceGroupManagers": [ # [Output Only] The list of managed instance groups that are contained in the specified project and zone.
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -938,7 +940,9 @@ Method Details
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1091,7 +1095,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1330,7 +1336,9 @@ Method Details
{ # [Output Only] A list of managed instance groups.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of InstanceGroupManager resources.
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1759,7 +1767,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -2648,7 +2658,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
index 9a3df4e5a16..a02579253e6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -400,6 +400,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -420,6 +422,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -431,6 +453,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -451,7 +476,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -930,6 +955,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -950,6 +977,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -961,6 +1008,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -981,7 +1031,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -1352,6 +1402,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -1372,6 +1424,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -1383,6 +1455,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -1403,7 +1478,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
index 7a86a132da6..1ca0807242e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
@@ -244,6 +244,8 @@ Method Details
The object takes the form of:
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -671,6 +673,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -691,6 +695,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -702,6 +726,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -723,7 +750,7 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -1092,7 +1119,7 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{
+{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
"count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create.
"instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided.
"advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
@@ -1291,6 +1318,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -1311,6 +1340,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -1322,6 +1371,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -1342,7 +1394,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -1392,7 +1444,7 @@ Method Details
"locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone.
"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.
"a_key": {
- "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given locaction: ALLOW or DENY.
+ "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location: ALLOW or DENY.
},
},
},
@@ -1963,6 +2015,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -1983,6 +2037,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -1994,6 +2068,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -2015,7 +2092,7 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -2854,6 +2931,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -2874,6 +2953,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -2885,6 +2984,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -2906,7 +3008,7 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -3317,6 +3419,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -3337,6 +3441,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -3348,6 +3472,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -3369,7 +3496,7 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -4971,7 +5098,7 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20
+{ # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -6088,6 +6215,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -6108,6 +6237,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -6119,6 +6268,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -6140,7 +6292,7 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -6309,6 +6461,8 @@ Method Details
The object takes the form of:
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -6492,6 +6646,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -6512,6 +6668,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -6523,6 +6699,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
index 5f551b308f7..c3bf227f85b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
@@ -315,6 +315,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -335,6 +337,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -346,13 +368,16 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
},
],
"postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -722,6 +747,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -742,6 +769,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -753,13 +800,16 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
},
],
"postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -1022,6 +1072,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -1042,6 +1094,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -1053,13 +1125,16 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
},
],
"postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
index 769778fed97..9c68b187347 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -309,22 +309,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -420,6 +414,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -494,7 +489,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -659,22 +654,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -770,6 +759,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -844,7 +834,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -1055,22 +1045,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1166,6 +1150,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1240,7 +1225,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
],
"kind": "compute#backendServiceList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendServiceList for lists of backend services.
@@ -1394,22 +1379,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1505,6 +1484,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1579,7 +1559,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -1800,22 +1780,16 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
"connectTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1911,6 +1885,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1985,7 +1960,7 @@ Method Details
"subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing and Internal HTTP(S) load balancing.
"policy": "A String",
},
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthCheckServices.html
index e0dc2af838d..4580223470d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthCheckServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthCheckServices.html
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
- "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks</code? must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+ "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
"healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
- "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks</code? must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+ "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
"healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
- "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks</code? must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+ "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
"healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
- "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks</code? must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+ "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
"healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index 1c7691b6dbb..75c4ae09db7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -711,7 +711,9 @@ Method Details
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -864,7 +866,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1103,7 +1107,9 @@ Method Details
{ # Contains a list of managed instance groups.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of InstanceGroupManager resources.
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1532,7 +1538,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -2321,7 +2329,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
index d384ba1dc41..e6721f3c468 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{
+{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
"count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create.
"instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided.
"advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
@@ -290,6 +290,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -310,6 +312,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -321,6 +343,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -341,7 +366,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -391,7 +416,7 @@ Method Details
"locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone.
"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.
"a_key": {
- "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given locaction: ALLOW or DENY.
+ "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location: ALLOW or DENY.
},
},
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
index fba883778fb..92679f21cb8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html
index 8c1fce0f758..16ed6a5af43 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html
@@ -247,10 +247,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -448,10 +448,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -644,10 +644,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -938,10 +938,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1152,10 +1152,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1353,10 +1353,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1387,7 +1387,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1549,10 +1549,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1843,10 +1843,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2225,10 +2225,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2426,10 +2426,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2460,7 +2460,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2622,10 +2622,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2656,7 +2656,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2916,10 +2916,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2950,7 +2950,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3161,10 +3161,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3195,7 +3195,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3362,10 +3362,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3396,7 +3396,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3558,10 +3558,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3852,10 +3852,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3886,7 +3886,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4160,10 +4160,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4194,7 +4194,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4361,10 +4361,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4395,7 +4395,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4557,10 +4557,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4591,7 +4591,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4851,10 +4851,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4885,7 +4885,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5132,10 +5132,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5166,7 +5166,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5333,10 +5333,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5367,7 +5367,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5529,10 +5529,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5563,7 +5563,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5823,10 +5823,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5857,7 +5857,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html
index 71ec1bbddbe..f15644ab974 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": { # A list of ServiceAttachmentsScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of ServiceAttachments.
- "resources": [ # A list of ServiceAttachments contained in this scope.
+ "serviceAttachments": [ # A list of ServiceAttachments contained in this scope.
{ # Represents a ServiceAttachment resource.
#
# A service attachment represents a service that a producer has exposed. It encapsulates the load balancer which fronts the service runs and a list of NAT IP ranges that the producers uses to represent the consumers connecting to the service. next tag = 19
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html
index 4cb49716710..349ebf2bf8b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html
@@ -167,12 +167,14 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is to disable flow logging. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
+ "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of external IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
#
# To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
"gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange.
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path.
"ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging.
@@ -201,6 +203,9 @@ Method Details
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The state of the subnetwork, which can be one of the following values: READY: Subnetwork is created and ready to use DRAINING: only applicable to subnetworks that have the purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER and indicates that connections to the load balancer are being drained. A subnetwork that is draining cannot be used or modified until it reaches a status of READY
},
],
@@ -444,12 +449,14 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is to disable flow logging. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
+ "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of external IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
#
# To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
"gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange.
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path.
"ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging.
@@ -478,6 +485,9 @@ Method Details
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The state of the subnetwork, which can be one of the following values: READY: Subnetwork is created and ready to use DRAINING: only applicable to subnetworks that have the purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER and indicates that connections to the load balancer are being drained. A subnetwork that is draining cannot be used or modified until it reaches a status of READY
}
@@ -702,12 +712,14 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is to disable flow logging. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
+ "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of external IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
#
# To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
"gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange.
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path.
"ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging.
@@ -736,6 +748,9 @@ Method Details
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The state of the subnetwork, which can be one of the following values: READY: Subnetwork is created and ready to use DRAINING: only applicable to subnetworks that have the purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER and indicates that connections to the load balancer are being drained. A subnetwork that is draining cannot be used or modified until it reaches a status of READY
}
@@ -851,12 +866,14 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is to disable flow logging. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
+ "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of external IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
#
# To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
"gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange.
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path.
"ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging.
@@ -885,6 +902,9 @@ Method Details
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The state of the subnetwork, which can be one of the following values: READY: Subnetwork is created and ready to use DRAINING: only applicable to subnetworks that have the purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER and indicates that connections to the load balancer are being drained. A subnetwork that is draining cannot be used or modified until it reaches a status of READY
},
],
@@ -1014,12 +1034,14 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is to disable flow logging. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
+ "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of external IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
#
# To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
"gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange.
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path.
"ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging.
@@ -1048,6 +1070,9 @@ Method Details
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The state of the subnetwork, which can be one of the following values: READY: Subnetwork is created and ready to use DRAINING: only applicable to subnetworks that have the purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER and indicates that connections to the load balancer are being drained. A subnetwork that is draining cannot be used or modified until it reaches a status of READY
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html
index 2bc18ec0aba..97427db38cd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ Method Details
The object takes the form of:
{
- "sslCertificates": [ # New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource. Currently exactly one SslCertificate resource must be specified.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
"A String",
],
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetSslProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetSslProxies.html
index 508fdf433a7..2c107c03508 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetSslProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetSslProxies.html
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Method Details
"proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"service": "A String", # URL to the BackendService resource.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetSslProxy resource. If not set, the TargetSslProxy resource will not have any SSL policy configured.
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Method Details
"proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"service": "A String", # URL to the BackendService resource.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetSslProxy resource. If not set, the TargetSslProxy resource will not have any SSL policy configured.
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Method Details
"proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"service": "A String", # URL to the BackendService resource.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetSslProxy resource. If not set, the TargetSslProxy resource will not have any SSL policy configured.
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ Method Details
The object takes the form of:
{
- "sslCertificates": [ # New set of URLs to SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetSslProxy. Currently exactly one ssl certificate must be specified.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # New set of URLs to SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetSslProxy. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
"A String",
],
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html
index ac12bce122c..0a066b26c4a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html
@@ -193,10 +193,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -394,10 +394,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -590,10 +590,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -884,10 +884,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1227,10 +1227,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1428,10 +1428,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1624,10 +1624,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1918,10 +1918,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2131,10 +2131,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2165,7 +2165,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2332,10 +2332,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2528,10 +2528,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2562,7 +2562,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2822,10 +2822,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2856,7 +2856,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3210,10 +3210,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3244,7 +3244,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3411,10 +3411,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3445,7 +3445,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3607,10 +3607,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3641,7 +3641,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3901,10 +3901,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3935,7 +3935,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4145,10 +4145,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4179,7 +4179,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4346,10 +4346,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4380,7 +4380,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4542,10 +4542,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4576,7 +4576,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4836,10 +4836,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4870,7 +4870,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5146,10 +5146,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5180,7 +5180,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5347,10 +5347,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5381,7 +5381,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5543,10 +5543,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5577,7 +5577,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5837,10 +5837,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5871,7 +5871,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -6121,10 +6121,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -6155,7 +6155,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -6322,10 +6322,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -6356,7 +6356,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -6518,10 +6518,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -6552,7 +6552,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -6812,10 +6812,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -6846,7 +6846,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
index 549e644993e..d047e9dc5ff 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
@@ -336,18 +336,12 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -422,6 +416,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -492,7 +487,7 @@ Method Details
# When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.
#
# Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
],
"warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.
@@ -816,18 +811,12 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -902,6 +891,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -972,7 +962,7 @@ Method Details
# When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.
#
# Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -1133,18 +1123,12 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1219,6 +1203,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1289,7 +1274,7 @@ Method Details
# When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.
#
# Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -1493,18 +1478,12 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1579,6 +1558,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1649,7 +1629,7 @@ Method Details
# When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.
#
# Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
],
"kind": "compute#backendServiceList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendServiceList for lists of backend services.
@@ -1796,18 +1776,12 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1882,6 +1856,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1952,7 +1927,7 @@ Method Details
# When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.
#
# Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -2222,18 +2197,12 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -2308,6 +2277,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -2378,7 +2348,7 @@ Method Details
# When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.
#
# Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html
index 6a64b0991cf..439081a9411 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html
@@ -167,17 +167,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -244,9 +246,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -261,7 +269,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -464,17 +472,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -541,9 +551,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -558,7 +574,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -630,17 +646,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -707,9 +725,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -724,7 +748,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -884,17 +908,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -961,9 +987,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -978,7 +1010,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -1081,17 +1113,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -1158,9 +1192,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -1175,7 +1215,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html
index 3bd16c5bd47..597f51636be 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html
@@ -223,17 +223,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -300,9 +302,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -317,7 +325,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -388,17 +396,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -465,9 +475,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -482,7 +498,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -641,17 +657,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -718,9 +736,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -735,7 +759,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
@@ -837,17 +861,19 @@ Method Details
# For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies.
#
- # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP and ICMP.
+ # For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.
#
# The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:
- # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or ALL is valid.
+ # - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
# - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.
# - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid.
- # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP or UDP is valid.
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. This field cannot be used with port or portRange fields.
+ # - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.
#
- # When the load balancing scheme is INTERNAL and protocol is TCP/UDP, specify this field to allow packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule.
+ # You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
+ #
+ # For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -914,9 +940,15 @@ Method Details
# For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.
#
# If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if: * Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED, and * IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ "portRange": "A String", # This field can be used only if:
+ # - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED
+ # - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
+ #
+ # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service.
+ #
+ # You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.
#
- # Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint port ranges.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:
# - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080
@@ -931,7 +963,7 @@ Method Details
#
# You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.
#
- # For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, if you specify allPorts, you should not specify ports.
+ # Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.
#
# For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).
"A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html
index 939a7d5d3f2..27692a5e4a2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html
@@ -347,7 +347,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -375,10 +381,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -389,10 +401,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -403,11 +415,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -484,7 +495,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -512,10 +529,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -526,10 +549,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -540,11 +563,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -815,7 +837,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -843,10 +871,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -857,10 +891,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -871,11 +905,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1039,7 +1072,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -1067,10 +1106,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1081,10 +1126,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1095,11 +1140,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1205,7 +1249,13 @@ Method Details
"rawDisk": { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
"containerType": "A String", # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
"sha1Checksum": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
- "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. You must provide either this property or the sourceDisk property but not both.
+ "source": "A String", # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -1233,10 +1283,16 @@ Method Details
"fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file.
},
},
- "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. This can be a full or valid partial URL. You must provide either this property or the rawDisk.source property but not both to create an image. For example, the following are valid values:
+ "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk
# - zones/zone/disks/disk
+ #
+ # In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
+ # - The rawDisk.source URL
+ # - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1247,10 +1303,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1261,11 +1317,10 @@ Method Details
"sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.
#
# In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:
- # - The selfLink URL
- # - This property
- # - The sourceImage URL
# - The rawDisk.source URL
# - The sourceDisk URL
+ # - The sourceImage URL
+ # - The sourceSnapshot URL
"sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
"kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
"kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html
index bb47e849f2f..2d9ecdf4aa3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -275,7 +275,9 @@ Method Details
"items": { # A list of InstanceGroupManagersScopedList resources.
"a_key": { # [Output Only] The name of the scope that contains this set of managed instance groups.
"instanceGroupManagers": [ # [Output Only] The list of managed instance groups that are contained in the specified project and zone.
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -921,7 +923,9 @@ Method Details
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1069,7 +1073,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1303,7 +1309,9 @@ Method Details
{ # [Output Only] A list of managed instance groups.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of InstanceGroupManager resources.
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1727,7 +1735,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
index dee812542b7..531811fced1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -371,6 +371,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -391,6 +393,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -402,6 +424,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -418,7 +443,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -861,6 +886,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -881,6 +908,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -892,6 +939,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -908,7 +958,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -1243,6 +1293,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -1263,6 +1315,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -1274,6 +1346,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -1290,7 +1365,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
index f35cd5623e6..ab78f834e98 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
@@ -226,6 +226,8 @@ Method Details
The object takes the form of:
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -626,6 +628,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -646,6 +650,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -657,6 +681,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -674,7 +701,7 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -994,7 +1021,7 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{
+{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
"count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create.
"instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided.
"advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
@@ -1164,6 +1191,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -1184,6 +1213,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -1195,6 +1244,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -1211,7 +1263,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -1254,7 +1306,7 @@ Method Details
"locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone.
"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.
"a_key": {
- "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given locaction: ALLOW or DENY.
+ "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location: ALLOW or DENY.
},
},
},
@@ -1798,6 +1850,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -1818,6 +1872,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -1829,6 +1903,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -1846,7 +1923,7 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -2530,6 +2607,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -2550,6 +2629,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -2561,6 +2660,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -2578,7 +2680,7 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -2933,6 +3035,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -2953,6 +3057,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -2964,6 +3088,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -2981,7 +3108,7 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -4355,7 +4482,7 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20
+{ # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -5273,6 +5400,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -5293,6 +5422,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -5304,6 +5453,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -5321,7 +5473,7 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -5467,6 +5619,8 @@ Method Details
The object takes the form of:
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -5650,6 +5804,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -5670,6 +5826,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -5681,6 +5857,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
index ca071db1491..97087d1a1e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -300,18 +300,12 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -386,6 +380,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -456,7 +451,7 @@ Method Details
# When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.
#
# Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
@@ -615,18 +610,12 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -701,6 +690,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -771,7 +761,7 @@ Method Details
# When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.
#
# Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -976,18 +966,12 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1062,6 +1046,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1132,7 +1117,7 @@ Method Details
# When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.
#
# Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
},
],
"kind": "compute#backendServiceList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendServiceList for lists of backend services.
@@ -1280,18 +1265,12 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1366,6 +1345,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1436,7 +1416,7 @@ Method Details
# When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.
#
# Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
@@ -1623,18 +1603,12 @@ Method Details
"A String",
],
},
- "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.
- #
- # This field is applicable to either:
- # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED.
- # - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
- #
- # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "maxConnections": 42, # The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxPendingRequests": 42, # The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
+ "circuitBreakers": { # Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.
+ "maxConnections": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxPendingRequests": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"maxRequests": 42, # The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
- "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive.
- "maxRetries": 42, # The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1.
+ "maxRequestsPerConnection": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
+ "maxRetries": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
},
"connectionDraining": { # Message containing connection draining configuration.
"drainingTimeoutSec": 42, # Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.
@@ -1709,6 +1683,7 @@ Method Details
},
"maxStreamDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.
# If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.
+ # This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.
# This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
@@ -1779,7 +1754,7 @@ Method Details
# When the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.
#
# Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
- "timeoutSec": 42, # The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed is 1 - 2,147,483,647 seconds.
+ "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
}
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html
index dfbcec692d1..a3c61e1c8c2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
- "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks</code? must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+ "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
"healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
- "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks</code? must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+ "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
"healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
- "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks</code? must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+ "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
"healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
- "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks</code? must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+ "healthChecks": [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
"A String",
],
"healthStatusAggregationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index 1df74bf0b8b..0d38708db1c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -702,7 +702,9 @@ Method Details
Returns:
An object of the form:
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -850,7 +852,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1084,7 +1088,9 @@ Method Details
{ # Contains a list of managed instance groups.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
"items": [ # A list of InstanceGroupManager resources.
- { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+ { # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
@@ -1508,7 +1514,9 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
+{ # Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================
+ #
+ # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource.
#
# An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.
#
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
index 985d34814c0..76946a8b4c5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Method Details
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
-{
+{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.
"count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create.
"instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided.
"advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features.
@@ -261,6 +261,8 @@ Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance.
"accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access.
{ # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
"kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
@@ -281,6 +283,26 @@ Method Details
},
],
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.
+ "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access.
+ { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported.
+ "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.
+ "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.
+ "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access.
+ "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance.
+ "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.
+ #
+ # If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.
+ "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled.
+ "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name.
+ "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT.
+ },
+ ],
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.
+ #
+ # Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.
"ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.
"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc.
@@ -292,6 +314,9 @@ Method Details
# - global/networks/default
"networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
"nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:
# - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
# - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
@@ -308,7 +333,7 @@ Method Details
"resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties.
"A String",
],
- "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 20 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
+ "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
"automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.
#
# By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
@@ -351,7 +376,7 @@ Method Details
"locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations (e.g. preferences for zone selection among zones in a single region). # Policy for chosing target zone.
"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.
"a_key": {
- "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given locaction: ALLOW or DENY.
+ "preference": "A String", # Preference for a given location: ALLOW or DENY.
},
},
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
index 81f0dd2cbb5..7f768536c9d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html
index 5fdc47a089f..b0aa397bbc3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html
@@ -241,10 +241,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -442,10 +442,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -638,10 +638,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -915,10 +915,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1129,10 +1129,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1330,10 +1330,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1526,10 +1526,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1560,7 +1560,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1803,10 +1803,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1837,7 +1837,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2101,10 +2101,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2302,10 +2302,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2498,10 +2498,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2532,7 +2532,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2775,10 +2775,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2809,7 +2809,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3020,10 +3020,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3054,7 +3054,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3221,10 +3221,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3255,7 +3255,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3417,10 +3417,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3451,7 +3451,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3694,10 +3694,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3728,7 +3728,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3974,10 +3974,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4008,7 +4008,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4175,10 +4175,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4209,7 +4209,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4371,10 +4371,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4405,7 +4405,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4648,10 +4648,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4682,7 +4682,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4929,10 +4929,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4963,7 +4963,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5130,10 +5130,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5164,7 +5164,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5326,10 +5326,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5360,7 +5360,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5603,10 +5603,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5637,7 +5637,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html
index a1846e7f9bd..07271944210 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html
@@ -160,12 +160,14 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is to disable flow logging. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
+ "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of external IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
#
# To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
"gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange.
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path.
"ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging.
@@ -194,6 +196,9 @@ Method Details
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The state of the subnetwork, which can be one of the following values: READY: Subnetwork is created and ready to use DRAINING: only applicable to subnetworks that have the purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER and indicates that connections to the load balancer are being drained. A subnetwork that is draining cannot be used or modified until it reaches a status of READY
},
],
@@ -430,12 +435,14 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is to disable flow logging. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
+ "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of external IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
#
# To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
"gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange.
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path.
"ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging.
@@ -464,6 +471,9 @@ Method Details
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The state of the subnetwork, which can be one of the following values: READY: Subnetwork is created and ready to use DRAINING: only applicable to subnetworks that have the purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER and indicates that connections to the load balancer are being drained. A subnetwork that is draining cannot be used or modified until it reaches a status of READY
}
@@ -681,12 +691,14 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is to disable flow logging. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
+ "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of external IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
#
# To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
"gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange.
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path.
"ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging.
@@ -715,6 +727,9 @@ Method Details
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The state of the subnetwork, which can be one of the following values: READY: Subnetwork is created and ready to use DRAINING: only applicable to subnetworks that have the purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER and indicates that connections to the load balancer are being drained. A subnetwork that is draining cannot be used or modified until it reaches a status of READY
}
@@ -823,12 +838,14 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is to disable flow logging. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
+ "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of external IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
#
# To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
"gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange.
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path.
"ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging.
@@ -857,6 +874,9 @@ Method Details
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The state of the subnetwork, which can be one of the following values: READY: Subnetwork is created and ready to use DRAINING: only applicable to subnetworks that have the purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER and indicates that connections to the load balancer are being drained. A subnetwork that is draining cannot be used or modified until it reaches a status of READY
},
],
@@ -979,12 +999,14 @@ Method Details
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is to disable flow logging. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
+ "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of external IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.
#
# To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
"gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange.
+ "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path.
"ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.
"kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources.
"logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging.
@@ -1013,6 +1035,9 @@ Method Details
},
],
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+ "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used.
+ #
+ # This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.
"state": "A String", # [Output Only] The state of the subnetwork, which can be one of the following values: READY: Subnetwork is created and ready to use DRAINING: only applicable to subnetworks that have the purpose set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER and indicates that connections to the load balancer are being drained. A subnetwork that is draining cannot be used or modified until it reaches a status of READY
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html
index 0d1a85ed5a6..54d2623f9ca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ Method Details
# serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
# If left blank, communications are not encrypted.
# Note: This field currently has no impact.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections between users and the load balancer. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetHttpsProxy resource. If not set, the TargetHttpsProxy resource has no SSL policy configured.
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ Method Details
The object takes the form of:
{
- "sslCertificates": [ # New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource. Currently exactly one SslCertificate resource must be specified.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # New set of SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy resource. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
"A String",
],
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetSslProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetSslProxies.html
index fd42b2be9bb..23cc21015f7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetSslProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetSslProxies.html
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Method Details
"proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"service": "A String", # URL to the BackendService resource.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetSslProxy resource. If not set, the TargetSslProxy resource will not have any SSL policy configured.
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Method Details
"proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"service": "A String", # URL to the BackendService resource.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetSslProxy resource. If not set, the TargetSslProxy resource will not have any SSL policy configured.
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Method Details
"proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
"service": "A String", # URL to the BackendService resource.
- "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # URLs to SslCertificate resources that are used to authenticate connections to Backends. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates. sslCertificates do not apply when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
"A String",
],
"sslPolicy": "A String", # URL of SslPolicy resource that will be associated with the TargetSslProxy resource. If not set, the TargetSslProxy resource will not have any SSL policy configured.
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ Method Details
The object takes the form of:
{
- "sslCertificates": [ # New set of URLs to SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetSslProxy. Currently exactly one ssl certificate must be specified.
+ "sslCertificates": [ # New set of URLs to SslCertificate resources to associate with this TargetSslProxy. At least one SSL certificate must be specified. Currently, you may specify up to 15 SSL certificates.
"A String",
],
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html
index 053be014026..79803fbdb27 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html
@@ -190,10 +190,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -391,10 +391,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -587,10 +587,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -864,10 +864,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1207,10 +1207,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1408,10 +1408,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1604,10 +1604,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -1881,10 +1881,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2094,10 +2094,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2295,10 +2295,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2491,10 +2491,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2525,7 +2525,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -2768,10 +2768,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -2802,7 +2802,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3156,10 +3156,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3190,7 +3190,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3357,10 +3357,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3391,7 +3391,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3553,10 +3553,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3587,7 +3587,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -3830,10 +3830,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -3864,7 +3864,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4074,10 +4074,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4108,7 +4108,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4275,10 +4275,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4309,7 +4309,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4471,10 +4471,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4505,7 +4505,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -4748,10 +4748,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -4782,7 +4782,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5031,10 +5031,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5065,7 +5065,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5232,10 +5232,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5266,7 +5266,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5428,10 +5428,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5462,7 +5462,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5705,10 +5705,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -5739,7 +5739,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -5989,10 +5989,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -6023,7 +6023,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -6190,10 +6190,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -6224,7 +6224,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -6386,10 +6386,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -6420,7 +6420,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
@@ -6663,10 +6663,10 @@ Method Details
},
"faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests.
# timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy.
- # Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
"abort": { # Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection. # The specification for how client requests are aborted as part of fault injection.
"httpStatus": 42, # The HTTP status code used to abort the request.
# The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.
+ # For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.
"percentage": 3.14, # The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.
# The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.
},
@@ -6697,7 +6697,7 @@ Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
- "retryConditions": [ # Specfies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
+ "retryConditions": [ # Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:
# - 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams.
# - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.
# -
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 85ed00c21cc..69e2d3970b6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -413,6 +413,7 @@ Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
"network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
"networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
+ "datapathProvider": "A String", # The desired datapath provider for this cluster. By default, uses the IPTables-based kube-proxy implementation.
"defaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # Whether the cluster disables default in-node sNAT rules. In-node sNAT rules will be disabled when default_snat_status is disabled. When disabled is set to false, default IP masquerade rules will be applied to the nodes to prevent sNAT on cluster internal traffic.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
@@ -980,6 +981,7 @@ Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
"network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
"networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
+ "datapathProvider": "A String", # The desired datapath provider for this cluster. By default, uses the IPTables-based kube-proxy implementation.
"defaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # Whether the cluster disables default in-node sNAT rules. In-node sNAT rules will be disabled when default_snat_status is disabled. When disabled is set to false, default IP masquerade rules will be applied to the nodes to prevent sNAT on cluster internal traffic.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
@@ -1450,6 +1452,7 @@ Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
"network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
"networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
+ "datapathProvider": "A String", # The desired datapath provider for this cluster. By default, uses the IPTables-based kube-proxy implementation.
"defaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # Whether the cluster disables default in-node sNAT rules. In-node sNAT rules will be disabled when default_snat_status is disabled. When disabled is set to false, default IP masquerade rules will be applied to the nodes to prevent sNAT on cluster internal traffic.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
@@ -2627,6 +2630,7 @@ Method Details
"keyName": "A String", # Name of CloudKMS key to use for the encryption of secrets in etcd. Ex. projects/my-project/locations/global/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key
"state": "A String", # Denotes the state of etcd encryption.
},
+ "desiredDatapathProvider": "A String", # The desired datapath provider for the cluster.
"desiredDefaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # The desired status of whether to disable default sNAT for this cluster.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index 246b46d110b..0f0fb1a24d3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -514,6 +514,7 @@ Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
"network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
"networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
+ "datapathProvider": "A String", # The desired datapath provider for this cluster. By default, uses the IPTables-based kube-proxy implementation.
"defaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # Whether the cluster disables default in-node sNAT rules. In-node sNAT rules will be disabled when default_snat_status is disabled. When disabled is set to false, default IP masquerade rules will be applied to the nodes to prevent sNAT on cluster internal traffic.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
@@ -1081,6 +1082,7 @@ Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
"network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
"networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
+ "datapathProvider": "A String", # The desired datapath provider for this cluster. By default, uses the IPTables-based kube-proxy implementation.
"defaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # Whether the cluster disables default in-node sNAT rules. In-node sNAT rules will be disabled when default_snat_status is disabled. When disabled is set to false, default IP masquerade rules will be applied to the nodes to prevent sNAT on cluster internal traffic.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
@@ -1595,6 +1597,7 @@ Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
"network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
"networkConfig": { # NetworkConfig reports the relative names of network & subnetwork. # Configuration for cluster networking.
+ "datapathProvider": "A String", # The desired datapath provider for this cluster. By default, uses the IPTables-based kube-proxy implementation.
"defaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # Whether the cluster disables default in-node sNAT rules. In-node sNAT rules will be disabled when default_snat_status is disabled. When disabled is set to false, default IP masquerade rules will be applied to the nodes to prevent sNAT on cluster internal traffic.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
@@ -2688,6 +2691,7 @@ Method Details
"keyName": "A String", # Name of CloudKMS key to use for the encryption of secrets in etcd. Ex. projects/my-project/locations/global/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key
"state": "A String", # Denotes the state of etcd encryption.
},
+ "desiredDatapathProvider": "A String", # The desired datapath provider for the cluster.
"desiredDefaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # The desired status of whether to disable default sNAT for this cluster.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 6701a3eb7f2..5f3fea48526 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -432,6 +432,11 @@ Method Details
"defaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # Whether the cluster disables default in-node sNAT rules. In-node sNAT rules will be disabled when default_snat_status is disabled. When disabled is set to false, default IP masquerade rules will be applied to the nodes to prevent sNAT on cluster internal traffic.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
+ "dnsConfig": { # DNSConfig contains the desired set of options for configuring clusterDNS. # DNSConfig contains clusterDNS config for this cluster.
+ "clusterDns": "A String", # cluster_dns indicates which in-cluster DNS provider should be used.
+ "clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records.
+ "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records.
+ },
"enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network.
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
@@ -1047,6 +1052,11 @@ Method Details
"defaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # Whether the cluster disables default in-node sNAT rules. In-node sNAT rules will be disabled when default_snat_status is disabled. When disabled is set to false, default IP masquerade rules will be applied to the nodes to prevent sNAT on cluster internal traffic.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
+ "dnsConfig": { # DNSConfig contains the desired set of options for configuring clusterDNS. # DNSConfig contains clusterDNS config for this cluster.
+ "clusterDns": "A String", # cluster_dns indicates which in-cluster DNS provider should be used.
+ "clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records.
+ "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records.
+ },
"enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network.
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
@@ -1565,6 +1575,11 @@ Method Details
"defaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # Whether the cluster disables default in-node sNAT rules. In-node sNAT rules will be disabled when default_snat_status is disabled. When disabled is set to false, default IP masquerade rules will be applied to the nodes to prevent sNAT on cluster internal traffic.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
+ "dnsConfig": { # DNSConfig contains the desired set of options for configuring clusterDNS. # DNSConfig contains clusterDNS config for this cluster.
+ "clusterDns": "A String", # cluster_dns indicates which in-cluster DNS provider should be used.
+ "clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records.
+ "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records.
+ },
"enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network.
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
@@ -2793,6 +2808,11 @@ Method Details
"desiredDefaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # The desired status of whether to disable default sNAT for this cluster.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
+ "desiredDnsConfig": { # DNSConfig contains the desired set of options for configuring clusterDNS. # DNSConfig contains clusterDNS config for this cluster.
+ "clusterDns": "A String", # cluster_dns indicates which in-cluster DNS provider should be used.
+ "clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records.
+ "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records.
+ },
"desiredImageType": "A String", # The desired image type for the node pool. NOTE: Set the "desired_node_pool" field as well.
"desiredIntraNodeVisibilityConfig": { # IntraNodeVisibilityConfig contains the desired config of the intra-node visibility on this cluster. # The desired config of Intra-node visibility.
"enabled": True or False, # Enables intra node visibility for this cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index b5f7f06af3b..98349d01420 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -540,6 +540,11 @@ Method Details
"defaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # Whether the cluster disables default in-node sNAT rules. In-node sNAT rules will be disabled when default_snat_status is disabled. When disabled is set to false, default IP masquerade rules will be applied to the nodes to prevent sNAT on cluster internal traffic.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
+ "dnsConfig": { # DNSConfig contains the desired set of options for configuring clusterDNS. # DNSConfig contains clusterDNS config for this cluster.
+ "clusterDns": "A String", # cluster_dns indicates which in-cluster DNS provider should be used.
+ "clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records.
+ "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records.
+ },
"enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network.
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
@@ -1155,6 +1160,11 @@ Method Details
"defaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # Whether the cluster disables default in-node sNAT rules. In-node sNAT rules will be disabled when default_snat_status is disabled. When disabled is set to false, default IP masquerade rules will be applied to the nodes to prevent sNAT on cluster internal traffic.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
+ "dnsConfig": { # DNSConfig contains the desired set of options for configuring clusterDNS. # DNSConfig contains clusterDNS config for this cluster.
+ "clusterDns": "A String", # cluster_dns indicates which in-cluster DNS provider should be used.
+ "clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records.
+ "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records.
+ },
"enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network.
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
@@ -1717,6 +1727,11 @@ Method Details
"defaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # Whether the cluster disables default in-node sNAT rules. In-node sNAT rules will be disabled when default_snat_status is disabled. When disabled is set to false, default IP masquerade rules will be applied to the nodes to prevent sNAT on cluster internal traffic.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
+ "dnsConfig": { # DNSConfig contains the desired set of options for configuring clusterDNS. # DNSConfig contains clusterDNS config for this cluster.
+ "clusterDns": "A String", # cluster_dns indicates which in-cluster DNS provider should be used.
+ "clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records.
+ "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records.
+ },
"enableIntraNodeVisibility": True or False, # Whether Intra-node visibility is enabled for this cluster. This makes same node pod to pod traffic visible for VPC network.
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster.
"network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network
@@ -2854,6 +2869,11 @@ Method Details
"desiredDefaultSnatStatus": { # DefaultSnatStatus contains the desired state of whether default sNAT should be disabled on the cluster. # The desired status of whether to disable default sNAT for this cluster.
"disabled": True or False, # Disables cluster default sNAT rules.
},
+ "desiredDnsConfig": { # DNSConfig contains the desired set of options for configuring clusterDNS. # DNSConfig contains clusterDNS config for this cluster.
+ "clusterDns": "A String", # cluster_dns indicates which in-cluster DNS provider should be used.
+ "clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records.
+ "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records.
+ },
"desiredImageType": "A String", # The desired image type for the node pool. NOTE: Set the "desired_node_pool" field as well.
"desiredIntraNodeVisibilityConfig": { # IntraNodeVisibilityConfig contains the desired config of the intra-node visibility on this cluster. # The desired config of Intra-node visibility.
"enabled": True or False, # Enables intra node visibility for this cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.settlementtransactions.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.settlementtransactions.html
index f894d92776f..205fb4e14c8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.settlementtransactions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.settlementtransactions.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Method Details
"category": "A String", # The category of the commission. Acceptable values are: - "`animalsAndPetSupplies`" - "`dogCatFoodAndCatLitter`" - "`apparelAndAccessories`" - "`shoesHandbagsAndSunglasses`" - "`costumesAndAccessories`" - "`jewelry`" - "`watches`" - "`hobbiesArtsAndCrafts`" - "`homeAndGarden`" - "`entertainmentCollectibles`" - "`collectibleCoins`" - "`sportsCollectibles`" - "`sportingGoods`" - "`toysAndGames`" - "`musicalInstruments`" - "`giftCards`" - "`babyAndToddler`" - "`babyFoodWipesAndDiapers`" - "`businessAndIndustrial`" - "`camerasOpticsAndPhotography`" - "`consumerElectronics`" - "`electronicsAccessories`" - "`personalComputers`" - "`videoGameConsoles`" - "`foodAndGrocery`" - "`beverages`" - "`tobaccoProducts`" - "`furniture`" - "`hardware`" - "`buildingMaterials`" - "`tools`" - "`healthAndPersonalCare`" - "`beauty`" - "`householdSupplies`" - "`kitchenAndDining`" - "`majorAppliances`" - "`luggageAndBags`" - "`media`" - "`officeSupplies`" - "`softwareAndVideoGames`" - "`vehiclePartsAndAccessories`" - "`vehicleTiresAndWheels`" - "`vehicles`" - "`everythingElse`"
"rate": "A String", # Rate of the commission in percentage.
},
- "description": "A String", # The description of the event. Acceptable values are: - "`taxWithhold`" - "`principal`" - "`principalAdjustment`" - "`shippingFee`" - "`merchantRemittedSalesTax`" - "`googleRemittedSalesTax`" - "`merchantCoupon`" - "`merchantCouponTax`" - "`merchantRemittedDisposalTax`" - "`googleRemittedDisposalTax`" - "`merchantRemittedRedemptionFee`" - "`googleRemittedRedemptionFee`" - "`eeeEcoFee`" - "`furnitureEcoFee`" - "`copyPrivateFee`" - "`eeeEcoFeeCommission`" - "`furnitureEcoFeeCommission`" - "`copyPrivateFeeCommission`" - "`principalRefund`" - "`principalRefundTax`" - "`itemCommission`" - "`adjustmentCommission`" - "`shippingFeeCommission`" - "`commissionRefund`" - "`damaged`" - "`damagedOrDefectiveItem`" - "`expiredItem`" - "`faultyItem`" - "`incorrectItemReceived`" - "`itemMissing`" - "`qualityNotExpected`" - "`receivedTooLate`" - "`storePackageMissing`" - "`transitPackageMissing`" - "`unsuccessfulDeliveryUndeliverable`" - "`wrongChargeInStore`" - "`wrongItem`" - "`returns`" - "`undeliverable`" - "`issueRelatedRefundAndReplacementAmountDescription`" - "`refundFromMerchant`" - "`returnLabelShippingFee`" - "`lumpSumCorrection`" - "`pspFee`"
+ "description": "A String", # The description of the event. Acceptable values are: - "`taxWithhold`" - "`principal`" - "`principalAdjustment`" - "`shippingFee`" - "`merchantRemittedSalesTax`" - "`googleRemittedSalesTax`" - "`merchantCoupon`" - "`merchantCouponTax`" - "`merchantRemittedDisposalTax`" - "`googleRemittedDisposalTax`" - "`merchantRemittedRedemptionFee`" - "`googleRemittedRedemptionFee`" - "`eeeEcoFee`" - "`furnitureEcoFee`" - "`copyPrivateFee`" - "`eeeEcoFeeCommission`" - "`furnitureEcoFeeCommission`" - "`copyPrivateFeeCommission`" - "`principalRefund`" - "`principalRefundTax`" - "`itemCommission`" - "`adjustmentCommission`" - "`shippingFeeCommission`" - "`commissionRefund`" - "`damaged`" - "`damagedOrDefectiveItem`" - "`expiredItem`" - "`faultyItem`" - "`incorrectItemReceived`" - "`itemMissing`" - "`qualityNotExpected`" - "`receivedTooLate`" - "`storePackageMissing`" - "`transitPackageMissing`" - "`unsuccessfulDeliveryUndeliverable`" - "`wrongChargeInStore`" - "`wrongItem`" - "`returns`" - "`undeliverable`" - "`issueRelatedRefundAndReplacementAmountDescription`" - "`refundFromMerchant`" - "`returnLabelShippingFee`" - "`lumpSumCorrection`" - "`pspFee`" - "`principalRefundDoesNotFit`" - "`principalRefundOrderedWrongItem`" - "`principalRefundQualityNotExpected`" - "`principalRefundBetterPriceFound`" - "`principalRefundNoLongerNeeded`" - "`principalRefundChangedMind`" - "`principalRefundReceivedTooLate`" - "`principalRefundIncorrectItemReceived`" - "`principalRefundDamagedOrDefectiveItem`" - "`principalRefundDidNotMatchDescription`" - "`principalRefundExpiredItem`"
"transactionAmount": { # The amount that contributes to the line item price.
"currency": "A String", # The currency of the price.
"value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
index 31dfad52758..55ceb5bbac7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Method Details
},
],
"enableIpv4": True or False, # Whether the instance should be assigned an IPv4 address or not.
- "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
+ "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
"requireSsl": True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP should be enforced or not.
},
"rootPassword": "A String", # Input only. Initial root password.
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Method Details
},
"username": "A String", # Required. The username that Database Migration Service will use to connect to the database. The value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service.
},
- "name": "A String", # The name of this connection profile resource in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this connection profile resource in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectionProfiles/{instance}.
"postgresql": { # Specifies connection parameters required specifically for PostgreSQL databases. # A PostgreSQL database connection profile.
"cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source.
"host": "A String", # Required. The IP or hostname of the source PostgreSQL database.
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Method Details
},
],
"enableIpv4": True or False, # Whether the instance should be assigned an IPv4 address or not.
- "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
+ "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
"requireSsl": True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP should be enforced or not.
},
"rootPassword": "A String", # Input only. Initial root password.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Method Details
},
"username": "A String", # Required. The username that Database Migration Service will use to connect to the database. The value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service.
},
- "name": "A String", # The name of this connection profile resource in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this connection profile resource in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectionProfiles/{instance}.
"postgresql": { # Specifies connection parameters required specifically for PostgreSQL databases. # A PostgreSQL database connection profile.
"cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source.
"host": "A String", # Required. The IP or hostname of the source PostgreSQL database.
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Method Details
},
],
"enableIpv4": True or False, # Whether the instance should be assigned an IPv4 address or not.
- "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
+ "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
"requireSsl": True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP should be enforced or not.
},
"rootPassword": "A String", # Input only. Initial root password.
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ Method Details
},
"username": "A String", # Required. The username that Database Migration Service will use to connect to the database. The value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service.
},
- "name": "A String", # The name of this connection profile resource in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this connection profile resource in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectionProfiles/{instance}.
"postgresql": { # Specifies connection parameters required specifically for PostgreSQL databases. # A PostgreSQL database connection profile.
"cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source.
"host": "A String", # Required. The IP or hostname of the source PostgreSQL database.
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ Method Details
Update the configuration of a single connection profile.
Args:
- name: string, The name of this connection profile resource in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}. (required)
+ name: string, The name of this connection profile resource in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectionProfiles/{instance}. (required)
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ Method Details
},
],
"enableIpv4": True or False, # Whether the instance should be assigned an IPv4 address or not.
- "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `/projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
+ "privateNetwork": "A String", # The resource link for the VPC network from which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible for private IP. For example, `projects/myProject/global/networks/default`. This setting can be updated, but it cannot be removed after it is set.
"requireSsl": True or False, # Whether SSL connections over IP should be enforced or not.
},
"rootPassword": "A String", # Input only. Initial root password.
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ Method Details
},
"username": "A String", # Required. The username that Database Migration Service will use to connect to the database. The value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service.
},
- "name": "A String", # The name of this connection profile resource in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of this connection profile resource in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectionProfiles/{instance}.
"postgresql": { # Specifies connection parameters required specifically for PostgreSQL databases. # A PostgreSQL database connection profile.
"cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source.
"host": "A String", # Required. The IP or hostname of the source PostgreSQL database.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
index 96acf9cb890..4f71a3fd441 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
@@ -248,40 +248,7 @@ Method Details
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
- "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
- "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
},
},
"update": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path.
@@ -299,40 +266,7 @@ Method Details
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
- "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
- "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
},
},
"upsert": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key's final path element may be incomplete.
@@ -350,40 +284,7 @@ Method Details
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
- "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
- "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
},
},
},
@@ -602,40 +503,7 @@ Method Details
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
- "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
- "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
},
},
"version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -659,40 +527,7 @@ Method Details
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
- "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
- "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
},
},
"version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -790,7 +625,24 @@ Method Details
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
"excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
"geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -829,7 +681,24 @@ Method Details
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
"excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
"geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -890,7 +759,24 @@ Method Details
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
"excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
"geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -977,40 +863,7 @@ Method Details
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
- "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
- "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
- "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
- "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
- "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
- "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
- "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
- },
- "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
- "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
- "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
- "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
- "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
- },
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
},
},
"version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -1049,7 +902,24 @@ Method Details
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
"excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
"geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
index 5bd9b3632f1..68130019c47 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
@@ -232,7 +232,40 @@ Method Details
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
+ "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
},
},
"update": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path.
@@ -250,7 +283,40 @@ Method Details
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
+ "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
},
},
"upsert": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key's final path element may be incomplete.
@@ -268,7 +334,40 @@ Method Details
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
+ "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
},
},
},
@@ -381,7 +480,40 @@ Method Details
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
+ "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
},
},
"version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -405,7 +537,40 @@ Method Details
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
+ "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
},
},
"version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -503,24 +668,7 @@ Method Details
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
"excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
"geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -559,24 +707,7 @@ Method Details
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
"excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
"geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -637,24 +768,7 @@ Method Details
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
"excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
"geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -741,7 +855,40 @@ Method Details
],
},
"properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+ "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+ "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+ # Object with schema name: Value
+ ],
+ },
+ "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+ "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+ "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+ "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+ "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+ },
+ "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+ { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+ "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+ "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
},
},
"version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -780,24 +927,7 @@ Method Details
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
- "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
- "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
- "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
- "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
- "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
- },
- "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
- { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
- "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
- "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`.
- },
- ],
- },
- "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`.
- "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
- },
- },
+ "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
"excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
"geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html
index 75f0835e7dc..26f435ec5e2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Instance Methods
Retrieves the specified document. Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-Create documents by importing data from external sources.
+Create documents by importing data from external sources. Dialogflow supports up to 350 documents in each request. If you try to import more, Dialogflow will return an error.
list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Returns the list of all documents of the knowledge base. Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Method Details
import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-
Create documents by importing data from external sources.
+ Create documents by importing data from external sources. Dialogflow supports up to 350 documents in each request. If you try to import more, Dialogflow will return an error.
Args:
parent: string, Required. The knowledge base to import documents into. Format: `projects//locations//knowledgeBases/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html
index f7d52c4110a..a10edb979fc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Instance Methods
Retrieves the specified document. Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-Create documents by importing data from external sources.
+Create documents by importing data from external sources. Dialogflow supports up to 350 documents in each request. If you try to import more, Dialogflow will return an error.
list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Returns the list of all documents of the knowledge base. Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Method Details
import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-
Create documents by importing data from external sources.
+ Create documents by importing data from external sources. Dialogflow supports up to 350 documents in each request. If you try to import more, Dialogflow will return an error.
Args:
parent: string, Required. The knowledge base to import documents into. Format: `projects//locations//knowledgeBases/`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html
index fbad0187eab..8221bb5f12a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html
@@ -122,6 +122,17 @@ Method Details
"username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.
+ "serviceDirectory": { # Represents configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. # Configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service.
+ "genericWebService": { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. # Generic Service configuration of this webhook.
+ "password": "A String", # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ "requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+ "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ },
+ "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `Location ID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+ },
"timeout": "A String", # Webhook execution timeout. Execution is considered failed if Dialogflow doesn't receive a response from webhook at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 5 seconds, maximum allowed timeout is 30 seconds.
}
@@ -145,6 +156,17 @@ Method Details
"username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.
+ "serviceDirectory": { # Represents configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. # Configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service.
+ "genericWebService": { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. # Generic Service configuration of this webhook.
+ "password": "A String", # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ "requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+ "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ },
+ "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `Location ID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+ },
"timeout": "A String", # Webhook execution timeout. Execution is considered failed if Dialogflow doesn't receive a response from webhook at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 5 seconds, maximum allowed timeout is 30 seconds.
}
@@ -194,6 +216,17 @@ Method Details
"username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.
+ "serviceDirectory": { # Represents configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. # Configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service.
+ "genericWebService": { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. # Generic Service configuration of this webhook.
+ "password": "A String", # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ "requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+ "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ },
+ "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `Location ID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+ },
"timeout": "A String", # Webhook execution timeout. Execution is considered failed if Dialogflow doesn't receive a response from webhook at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 5 seconds, maximum allowed timeout is 30 seconds.
}
@@ -229,6 +262,17 @@ Method Details
"username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.
+ "serviceDirectory": { # Represents configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. # Configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service.
+ "genericWebService": { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. # Generic Service configuration of this webhook.
+ "password": "A String", # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ "requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+ "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ },
+ "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `Location ID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+ },
"timeout": "A String", # Webhook execution timeout. Execution is considered failed if Dialogflow doesn't receive a response from webhook at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 5 seconds, maximum allowed timeout is 30 seconds.
},
],
@@ -270,6 +314,17 @@ Method Details
"username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.
+ "serviceDirectory": { # Represents configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. # Configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service.
+ "genericWebService": { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. # Generic Service configuration of this webhook.
+ "password": "A String", # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ "requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+ "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ },
+ "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `Location ID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+ },
"timeout": "A String", # Webhook execution timeout. Execution is considered failed if Dialogflow doesn't receive a response from webhook at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 5 seconds, maximum allowed timeout is 30 seconds.
}
@@ -294,6 +349,17 @@ Method Details
"username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.
+ "serviceDirectory": { # Represents configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. # Configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service.
+ "genericWebService": { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. # Generic Service configuration of this webhook.
+ "password": "A String", # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ "requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+ "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ },
+ "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `Location ID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+ },
"timeout": "A String", # Webhook execution timeout. Execution is considered failed if Dialogflow doesn't receive a response from webhook at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 5 seconds, maximum allowed timeout is 30 seconds.
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html
index 4b948ff8b22..bb3d4bfbfee 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html
@@ -122,6 +122,17 @@ Method Details
"username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.
+ "serviceDirectory": { # Represents configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. # Configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service.
+ "genericWebService": { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. # Generic Service configuration of this webhook.
+ "password": "A String", # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ "requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+ "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ },
+ "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `Location ID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+ },
"timeout": "A String", # Webhook execution timeout. Execution is considered failed if Dialogflow doesn't receive a response from webhook at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 5 seconds, maximum allowed timeout is 30 seconds.
}
@@ -145,6 +156,17 @@ Method Details
"username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.
+ "serviceDirectory": { # Represents configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. # Configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service.
+ "genericWebService": { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. # Generic Service configuration of this webhook.
+ "password": "A String", # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ "requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+ "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ },
+ "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `Location ID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+ },
"timeout": "A String", # Webhook execution timeout. Execution is considered failed if Dialogflow doesn't receive a response from webhook at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 5 seconds, maximum allowed timeout is 30 seconds.
}
@@ -194,6 +216,17 @@ Method Details
"username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.
+ "serviceDirectory": { # Represents configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. # Configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service.
+ "genericWebService": { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. # Generic Service configuration of this webhook.
+ "password": "A String", # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ "requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+ "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ },
+ "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `Location ID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+ },
"timeout": "A String", # Webhook execution timeout. Execution is considered failed if Dialogflow doesn't receive a response from webhook at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 5 seconds, maximum allowed timeout is 30 seconds.
}
@@ -229,6 +262,17 @@ Method Details
"username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.
+ "serviceDirectory": { # Represents configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. # Configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service.
+ "genericWebService": { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. # Generic Service configuration of this webhook.
+ "password": "A String", # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ "requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+ "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ },
+ "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `Location ID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+ },
"timeout": "A String", # Webhook execution timeout. Execution is considered failed if Dialogflow doesn't receive a response from webhook at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 5 seconds, maximum allowed timeout is 30 seconds.
},
],
@@ -270,6 +314,17 @@ Method Details
"username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.
+ "serviceDirectory": { # Represents configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. # Configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service.
+ "genericWebService": { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. # Generic Service configuration of this webhook.
+ "password": "A String", # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ "requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+ "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ },
+ "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `Location ID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+ },
"timeout": "A String", # Webhook execution timeout. Execution is considered failed if Dialogflow doesn't receive a response from webhook at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 5 seconds, maximum allowed timeout is 30 seconds.
}
@@ -294,6 +349,17 @@ Method Details
"username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
},
"name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.
+ "serviceDirectory": { # Represents configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. # Configuration for a [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service.
+ "genericWebService": { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. # Generic Service configuration of this webhook.
+ "password": "A String", # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ "requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+ "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+ },
+ "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `Location ID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+ },
"timeout": "A String", # Webhook execution timeout. Execution is considered failed if Dialogflow doesn't receive a response from webhook at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 5 seconds, maximum allowed timeout is 30 seconds.
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
index ada58e44ee2..3e0a7ca992d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
@@ -254,6 +254,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -332,6 +333,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -495,6 +497,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -544,6 +547,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -718,6 +722,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -804,6 +809,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -957,6 +963,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1035,6 +1042,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1198,6 +1206,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1247,6 +1256,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1421,6 +1431,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1507,6 +1518,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
index 29336393fb2..a5a91cd5722 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
@@ -181,6 +181,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -259,6 +260,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -422,6 +424,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -471,6 +474,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -645,6 +649,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -731,6 +736,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index 92a0402d921..647f1fc779c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -244,6 +244,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -322,6 +323,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -485,6 +487,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -534,6 +537,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -708,6 +712,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -794,6 +799,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -947,6 +953,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1025,6 +1032,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1188,6 +1196,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1237,6 +1246,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1411,6 +1421,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1497,6 +1508,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html
index 5d0c183655d..65363a3b088 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html
@@ -369,6 +369,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -454,6 +455,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -617,6 +619,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -666,6 +669,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -840,6 +844,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -926,6 +931,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html
index 115c276270d..fc2ffc0225f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html
@@ -369,6 +369,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -454,6 +455,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -617,6 +619,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -666,6 +669,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -840,6 +844,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -926,6 +931,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
index 78f680d1b17..96391e16490 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
@@ -485,6 +485,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -563,6 +564,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -726,6 +728,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -775,6 +778,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -949,6 +953,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1035,6 +1040,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1172,6 +1178,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1250,6 +1257,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1413,6 +1421,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1462,6 +1471,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1636,6 +1646,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1722,6 +1733,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1875,6 +1887,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1953,6 +1966,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -2116,6 +2130,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -2165,6 +2180,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -2339,6 +2355,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -2425,6 +2442,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
index ea67f455d2e..e5fb4795838 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
@@ -181,6 +181,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -259,6 +260,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -422,6 +424,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -471,6 +474,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -645,6 +649,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -731,6 +736,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -868,6 +874,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -946,6 +953,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1109,6 +1117,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1158,6 +1167,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1332,6 +1342,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1418,6 +1429,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index c853f759614..8df3a3e7d8c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -253,6 +253,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -331,6 +332,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -494,6 +496,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -543,6 +546,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -717,6 +721,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -803,6 +808,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -940,6 +946,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1018,6 +1025,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1181,6 +1189,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1230,6 +1239,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1404,6 +1414,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1490,6 +1501,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1643,6 +1655,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1721,6 +1734,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1884,6 +1898,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -1933,6 +1948,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -2107,6 +2123,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
@@ -2193,6 +2210,7 @@ Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
{ # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
"id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
+ "index": 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
"revision": 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
index da1ba44ef58..b78eeef942e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Instance Methods
export_media(fileId, mimeType)
Exports a Google Doc to the requested MIME type and returns the exported content. Please note that the exported content is limited to 10MB.
- generateIds(maxResults=None, space=None)
+ generateIds(maxResults=None, space=None, type=None)
Generates a set of file IDs which can be provided in insert or copy requests.
get(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None)
@@ -941,12 +941,13 @@ Method Details
-
generateIds(maxResults=None, space=None)
+
generateIds(maxResults=None, space=None, type=None)
Generates a set of file IDs which can be provided in insert or copy requests.
Args:
maxResults: integer, Maximum number of IDs to return.
- space: string, The space in which the IDs can be used to create new files. Supported values are 'drive' and 'appDataFolder'.
+ space: string, The space in which the IDs can be used to create new files. Supported values are 'drive' and 'appDataFolder'. (Default: 'drive')
+ type: string, The type of items which the IDs can be used for. Supported values are 'files' and 'shortcuts'. Note that 'shortcuts' are only supported in the drive 'space'. (Default: 'files')
Returns:
An object of the form:
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.revisions.html
index dc987cb0542..60bd1c7b962 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.revisions.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Method Details
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the revision.
"modifiedDate": "A String", # Last time this revision was modified (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
"originalFilename": "A String", # The original filename when this revision was created. This will only be populated on files with content stored in Drive.
- "pinned": True or False, # Whether this revision is pinned to prevent automatic purging. This will only be populated and can only be modified on files with content stored in Drive, excluding Docs Editors files. Revisions can also be pinned when they are created through the drive.files.insert/update/copy by using the pinned query parameter. Pinned revisions are stored indefinitely using additional storage quota, up to a maximum of 200 revisions.
+ "pinned": True or False, # Whether this revision is pinned to prevent automatic purging. If not set, the revision is automatically purged 30 days after newer content is uploaded. This field can only be modified on files with content stored in Drive, excluding Docs Editors files. Revisions can also be pinned when they are created through the drive.files.insert/update/copy by using the pinned query parameter. Pinned revisions are stored indefinitely using additional storage quota, up to a maximum of 200 revisions.
"publishAuto": True or False, # Whether subsequent revisions will be automatically republished. This is only populated and can only be modified for Docs Editors files.
"published": True or False, # Whether this revision is published. This is only populated and can only be modified for Docs Editors files.
"publishedLink": "A String", # A link to the published revision. This is only populated for Google Sites files.
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ Method Details
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the revision.
"modifiedDate": "A String", # Last time this revision was modified (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
"originalFilename": "A String", # The original filename when this revision was created. This will only be populated on files with content stored in Drive.
- "pinned": True or False, # Whether this revision is pinned to prevent automatic purging. This will only be populated and can only be modified on files with content stored in Drive, excluding Docs Editors files. Revisions can also be pinned when they are created through the drive.files.insert/update/copy by using the pinned query parameter. Pinned revisions are stored indefinitely using additional storage quota, up to a maximum of 200 revisions.
+ "pinned": True or False, # Whether this revision is pinned to prevent automatic purging. If not set, the revision is automatically purged 30 days after newer content is uploaded. This field can only be modified on files with content stored in Drive, excluding Docs Editors files. Revisions can also be pinned when they are created through the drive.files.insert/update/copy by using the pinned query parameter. Pinned revisions are stored indefinitely using additional storage quota, up to a maximum of 200 revisions.
"publishAuto": True or False, # Whether subsequent revisions will be automatically republished. This is only populated and can only be modified for Docs Editors files.
"published": True or False, # Whether this revision is published. This is only populated and can only be modified for Docs Editors files.
"publishedLink": "A String", # A link to the published revision. This is only populated for Google Sites files.
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ Method Details
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the revision.
"modifiedDate": "A String", # Last time this revision was modified (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
"originalFilename": "A String", # The original filename when this revision was created. This will only be populated on files with content stored in Drive.
- "pinned": True or False, # Whether this revision is pinned to prevent automatic purging. This will only be populated and can only be modified on files with content stored in Drive, excluding Docs Editors files. Revisions can also be pinned when they are created through the drive.files.insert/update/copy by using the pinned query parameter. Pinned revisions are stored indefinitely using additional storage quota, up to a maximum of 200 revisions.
+ "pinned": True or False, # Whether this revision is pinned to prevent automatic purging. If not set, the revision is automatically purged 30 days after newer content is uploaded. This field can only be modified on files with content stored in Drive, excluding Docs Editors files. Revisions can also be pinned when they are created through the drive.files.insert/update/copy by using the pinned query parameter. Pinned revisions are stored indefinitely using additional storage quota, up to a maximum of 200 revisions.
"publishAuto": True or False, # Whether subsequent revisions will be automatically republished. This is only populated and can only be modified for Docs Editors files.
"published": True or False, # Whether this revision is published. This is only populated and can only be modified for Docs Editors files.
"publishedLink": "A String", # A link to the published revision. This is only populated for Google Sites files.
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Method Details
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the revision.
"modifiedDate": "A String", # Last time this revision was modified (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
"originalFilename": "A String", # The original filename when this revision was created. This will only be populated on files with content stored in Drive.
- "pinned": True or False, # Whether this revision is pinned to prevent automatic purging. This will only be populated and can only be modified on files with content stored in Drive, excluding Docs Editors files. Revisions can also be pinned when they are created through the drive.files.insert/update/copy by using the pinned query parameter. Pinned revisions are stored indefinitely using additional storage quota, up to a maximum of 200 revisions.
+ "pinned": True or False, # Whether this revision is pinned to prevent automatic purging. If not set, the revision is automatically purged 30 days after newer content is uploaded. This field can only be modified on files with content stored in Drive, excluding Docs Editors files. Revisions can also be pinned when they are created through the drive.files.insert/update/copy by using the pinned query parameter. Pinned revisions are stored indefinitely using additional storage quota, up to a maximum of 200 revisions.
"publishAuto": True or False, # Whether subsequent revisions will be automatically republished. This is only populated and can only be modified for Docs Editors files.
"published": True or False, # Whether this revision is published. This is only populated and can only be modified for Docs Editors files.
"publishedLink": "A String", # A link to the published revision. This is only populated for Google Sites files.
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Method Details
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the revision.
"modifiedDate": "A String", # Last time this revision was modified (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
"originalFilename": "A String", # The original filename when this revision was created. This will only be populated on files with content stored in Drive.
- "pinned": True or False, # Whether this revision is pinned to prevent automatic purging. This will only be populated and can only be modified on files with content stored in Drive, excluding Docs Editors files. Revisions can also be pinned when they are created through the drive.files.insert/update/copy by using the pinned query parameter. Pinned revisions are stored indefinitely using additional storage quota, up to a maximum of 200 revisions.
+ "pinned": True or False, # Whether this revision is pinned to prevent automatic purging. If not set, the revision is automatically purged 30 days after newer content is uploaded. This field can only be modified on files with content stored in Drive, excluding Docs Editors files. Revisions can also be pinned when they are created through the drive.files.insert/update/copy by using the pinned query parameter. Pinned revisions are stored indefinitely using additional storage quota, up to a maximum of 200 revisions.
"publishAuto": True or False, # Whether subsequent revisions will be automatically republished. This is only populated and can only be modified for Docs Editors files.
"published": True or False, # Whether this revision is published. This is only populated and can only be modified for Docs Editors files.
"publishedLink": "A String", # A link to the published revision. This is only populated for Google Sites files.
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ Method Details
"mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the revision.
"modifiedDate": "A String", # Last time this revision was modified (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp).
"originalFilename": "A String", # The original filename when this revision was created. This will only be populated on files with content stored in Drive.
- "pinned": True or False, # Whether this revision is pinned to prevent automatic purging. This will only be populated and can only be modified on files with content stored in Drive, excluding Docs Editors files. Revisions can also be pinned when they are created through the drive.files.insert/update/copy by using the pinned query parameter. Pinned revisions are stored indefinitely using additional storage quota, up to a maximum of 200 revisions.
+ "pinned": True or False, # Whether this revision is pinned to prevent automatic purging. If not set, the revision is automatically purged 30 days after newer content is uploaded. This field can only be modified on files with content stored in Drive, excluding Docs Editors files. Revisions can also be pinned when they are created through the drive.files.insert/update/copy by using the pinned query parameter. Pinned revisions are stored indefinitely using additional storage quota, up to a maximum of 200 revisions.
"publishAuto": True or False, # Whether subsequent revisions will be automatically republished. This is only populated and can only be modified for Docs Editors files.
"published": True or False, # Whether this revision is published. This is only populated and can only be modified for Docs Editors files.
"publishedLink": "A String", # A link to the published revision. This is only populated for Google Sites files.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
index d5c72d2bdfa..1f5844477d2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Instance Methods
export_media(fileId, mimeType)
Exports a Google Doc to the requested MIME type and returns the exported content. Please note that the exported content is limited to 10MB.
- generateIds(count=None, space=None)
+ generateIds(count=None, space=None, type=None)
Generates a set of file IDs which can be provided in create or copy requests.
get(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None)
@@ -1227,12 +1227,13 @@ Method Details
-
generateIds(count=None, space=None)
+
generateIds(count=None, space=None, type=None)
Generates a set of file IDs which can be provided in create or copy requests.
Args:
count: integer, The number of IDs to return.
- space: string, The space in which the IDs can be used to create new files. Supported values are 'drive' and 'appDataFolder'.
+ space: string, The space in which the IDs can be used to create new files. Supported values are 'drive' and 'appDataFolder'. (Default: 'drive')
+ type: string, The type of items which the IDs can be used for. Supported values are 'files' and 'shortcuts'. Note that 'shortcuts' are only supported in the drive 'space'. (Default: 'files')
Returns:
An object of the form:
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
index 352fb5224ab..712832b8a03 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
@@ -175,11 +175,7 @@ Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -234,16 +230,31 @@ Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document.
"appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
+ { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+ "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
],
},
"fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
"increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -263,11 +274,7 @@ Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -287,11 +294,7 @@ Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -312,7 +315,26 @@ Method Details
},
"removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
+ { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+ "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
],
},
"setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -323,11 +345,7 @@ Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -359,16 +377,31 @@ Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document.
"appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
+ { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+ "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
],
},
"fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
"increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -388,11 +421,7 @@ Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -412,11 +441,7 @@ Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -437,7 +462,26 @@ Method Details
},
"removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
+ { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+ "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
],
},
"setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -471,11 +515,7 @@ Method Details
{ # The result of applying a write.
"transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -563,16 +603,31 @@ Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document.
"appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
+ { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+ "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
],
},
"fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
"increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -592,11 +647,7 @@ Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -616,11 +667,7 @@ Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -641,7 +688,26 @@ Method Details
},
"removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
+ { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+ "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
],
},
"setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -652,11 +718,7 @@ Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -688,16 +750,31 @@ Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document.
"appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
+ { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+ "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
],
},
"fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
"increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -717,11 +794,7 @@ Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -741,11 +814,7 @@ Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -766,7 +835,26 @@ Method Details
},
"removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
+ { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+ "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
],
},
"setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -790,11 +878,7 @@ Method Details
{ # The result of applying a write.
"transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -834,11 +918,7 @@ Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -876,11 +956,7 @@ Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -946,11 +1022,7 @@ Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1003,11 +1075,7 @@ Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1117,11 +1185,7 @@ Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1169,11 +1233,7 @@ Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1207,11 +1267,7 @@ Method Details
},
"op": "A String", # The operator to filter by.
"value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1264,11 +1320,7 @@ Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1354,11 +1406,7 @@ Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1406,11 +1454,7 @@ Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1444,11 +1488,7 @@ Method Details
},
"op": "A String", # The operator to filter by.
"value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1493,11 +1533,7 @@ Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1549,11 +1585,7 @@ Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1593,11 +1625,7 @@ Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1671,11 +1699,7 @@ Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1723,11 +1747,7 @@ Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
"values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1761,11 +1781,7 @@ Method Details
},
"op": "A String", # The operator to filter by.
"value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1809,11 +1825,7 @@ Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1870,16 +1882,31 @@ Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document.
"appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
+ { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+ "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
],
},
"fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
"increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1899,11 +1926,7 @@ Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1923,11 +1946,7 @@ Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1948,7 +1967,26 @@ Method Details
},
"removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
+ { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+ "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
],
},
"setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -1959,11 +1997,7 @@ Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
"fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
"a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1995,16 +2029,31 @@ Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document.
"appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
+ { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+ "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
],
},
"fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
"increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2024,11 +2073,7 @@ Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2048,11 +2093,7 @@ Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
},
"minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2073,7 +2114,26 @@ Method Details
},
"removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
"values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
+ { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+ "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+ "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+ "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+ "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+ "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+ "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+ },
+ "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+ "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value.
+ "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+ "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+ },
+ },
+ "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+ "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+ "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+ "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+ },
],
},
"setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -2099,11 +2159,7 @@ Method Details
{ # The result of applying a write.
"transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
{ # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
- "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
- "values": [ # Values in the array.
- # Object with schema name: Value
- ],
- },
+ "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
"booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
"bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
"doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/genomics_v1.html b/docs/dyn/genomics_v1.html
index e9bed7bf85c..fd851d5acb1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/genomics_v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/genomics_v1.html
@@ -74,11 +74,6 @@
Instance Methods
-
- operations()
-
-Returns the operations Resource.
-
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/genomics_v2alpha1.projects.operations.html b/docs/dyn/genomics_v2alpha1.projects.operations.html
index ffbb1c5e793..b8158e70723 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/genomics_v2alpha1.projects.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/genomics_v2alpha1.projects.operations.html
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Method Details
Args:
name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
- filter: string, A string for filtering Operations. In v2alpha1, the following filter fields are supported: * createTime: The time this job was created * events: The set of event (names) that have occurred while running the pipeline. The : operator can be used to determine if a particular event has occurred. * error: If the pipeline is running, this value is NULL. Once the pipeline finishes, the value is the standard Google error code. * labels.key or labels."key with space" where key is a label key. * done: If the pipeline is running, this value is false. Once the pipeline finishes, the value is true. In v1 and v1alpha2, the following filter fields are supported: * projectId: Required. Corresponds to OperationMetadata.projectId. * createTime: The time this job was created, in seconds from the [epoch](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Can use `>=` and/or `<=` operators. * status: Can be `RUNNING`, `SUCCESS`, `FAILURE`, or `CANCELED`. Only one status may be specified. * labels.key where key is a label key. Examples: * `projectId = my-project AND createTime >= 1432140000` * `projectId = my-project AND createTime >= 1432140000 AND createTime <= 1432150000 AND status = RUNNING` * `projectId = my-project AND labels.color = *` * `projectId = my-project AND labels.color = red`
+ filter: string, A string for filtering Operations. In v2alpha1, the following filter fields are supported: * createTime: The time this job was created * events: The set of event (names) that have occurred while running the pipeline. The : operator can be used to determine if a particular event has occurred. * error: If the pipeline is running, this value is NULL. Once the pipeline finishes, the value is the standard Google error code. * labels.key or labels."key with space" where key is a label key. * done: If the pipeline is running, this value is false. Once the pipeline finishes, the value is true. Examples: * `projectId = my-project AND createTime >= 1432140000` * `projectId = my-project AND createTime >= 1432140000 AND createTime <= 1432150000 AND status = RUNNING` * `projectId = my-project AND labels.color = *` * `projectId = my-project AND labels.color = red`
pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. The maximum value is 256.
pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html
index 2246862026a..28f539305ac 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html
@@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
create(parent, body=None, membershipId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-Adds a new Membership.
+Creates a new Membership. **This is currently only supported for GKE clusters on Google Cloud**. To register other clusters, follow the instructions at https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/registering-a-cluster.
delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-Removes a Membership.
+Removes a Membership. **This is currently only supported for GKE clusters on Google Cloud**. To unregister other clusters, follow the instructions at https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/unregistering-a-cluster.
generateConnectManifest(name, imagePullSecretContent=None, isUpgrade=None, namespace=None, proxy=None, registry=None, version=None, x__xgafv=None)
-Generates the manifest for deployment of the GKE connect agent.
+Generates the manifest for deployment of the GKE connect agent. **This method is used internally by Google-provided libraries.** Most clients should not need to call this method directly.
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the details of a Membership.
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Method Details
create(parent, body=None, membershipId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-
Adds a new Membership.
+ Creates a new Membership. **This is currently only supported for GKE clusters on Google Cloud**. To register other clusters, follow the instructions at https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/registering-a-cluster.
Args:
parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the Memberships will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Method Details
delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-
Removes a Membership.
+ Removes a Membership. **This is currently only supported for GKE clusters on Google Cloud**. To unregister other clusters, follow the instructions at https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/unregistering-a-cluster.
Args:
name: string, Required. The Membership resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*`. (required)
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Method Details
generateConnectManifest(name, imagePullSecretContent=None, isUpgrade=None, namespace=None, proxy=None, registry=None, version=None, x__xgafv=None)
-
Generates the manifest for deployment of the GKE connect agent.
+ Generates the manifest for deployment of the GKE connect agent. **This method is used internally by Google-provided libraries.** Most clients should not need to call this method directly.
Args:
name: string, Required. The Membership resource name the Agent will associate with, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
index fa21e4c82f4..625898e311e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipStates": { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature's project number.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # State for Anthos Config Management # Config Management-specific state.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
"binauthzState": { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
"version": { # The version of binauthz. # The version of binauthz that is installed.
"webhookVersion": "A String", # The version of the binauthz webhook.
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Method Details
"hnc": "A String", # Version for open source HNC
},
},
- "membershipSpec": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
+ "membershipSpec": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -280,11 +280,11 @@ Method Details
},
},
},
- "metering": { # Metering per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
+ "metering": { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
"lastMeasurementTime": "A String", # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
"preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity": 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
},
- "servicemesh": { # MembershipState describes the state of the Service Mesh Hub Feature as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller, for single Membership. # Service Mesh-specific state.
+ "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state.
"analysisMessages": [ # Output only. Results of running Service Mesh analyzers.
{ # AnalysisMessage is a single message produced by an analyzer, and it used to communicate to the end user about the state of their Service Mesh configuration.
"args": { # A UI can combine these args with a template (based on message_base.type) to produce an internationalized message.
@@ -317,18 +317,18 @@ Method Details
"state": "A String", # The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
},
"spec": { # CommonFeatureSpec contains Hub-wide configuration information # Optional. Hub-wide Feature configuration. If this Feature does not support any Hub-wide configuration, this field may be unused.
- "cloudauditlogging": { # Spec for Audit Logging Allowlisting. # Cloud Audit Logging-specific spec.
+ "cloudauditlogging": { # **Cloud Audit Logging**: Spec for Audit Logging Allowlisting. # Cloud Audit Logging-specific spec.
"allowlistedServiceAccounts": [ # Service account that should be allowlisted to send the audit logs; eg cloudauditlogging@gcp-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com. These accounts must already exist, but do not need to have any permissions granted to them. The customer's entitlements will be checked prior to allowlisting (i.e. the customer must be an Anthos customer.)
"A String",
],
},
- "multiclusteringress": { # FeatureSpec contains the input for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
+ "multiclusteringress": { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
"billing": "A String", # Customer's billing structure
"configMembership": "A String", # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
},
},
"state": { # CommonFeatureState contains Hub-wide Feature status information. # Output only. The Hub-wide Feature state.
- "servicemesh": { # FeatureState describes the state of the Service Mesh Hub Feature as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller, for the whole Hub. # Service Mesh-specific state.
+ "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for the whole Hub, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state.
"analysisMessages": [ # Output only. Results of running Service Mesh analyzers.
{ # AnalysisMessage is a single message produced by an analyzer, and it used to communicate to the end user about the state of their Service Mesh configuration.
"args": { # A UI can combine these args with a template (based on message_base.type) to produce an internationalized message.
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipStates": { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature's project number.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # State for Anthos Config Management # Config Management-specific state.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
"binauthzState": { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
"version": { # The version of binauthz. # The version of binauthz that is installed.
"webhookVersion": "A String", # The version of the binauthz webhook.
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ Method Details
"hnc": "A String", # Version for open source HNC
},
},
- "membershipSpec": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
+ "membershipSpec": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -601,11 +601,11 @@ Method Details
},
},
},
- "metering": { # Metering per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
+ "metering": { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
"lastMeasurementTime": "A String", # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
"preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity": 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
},
- "servicemesh": { # MembershipState describes the state of the Service Mesh Hub Feature as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller, for single Membership. # Service Mesh-specific state.
+ "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state.
"analysisMessages": [ # Output only. Results of running Service Mesh analyzers.
{ # AnalysisMessage is a single message produced by an analyzer, and it used to communicate to the end user about the state of their Service Mesh configuration.
"args": { # A UI can combine these args with a template (based on message_base.type) to produce an internationalized message.
@@ -638,18 +638,18 @@ Method Details
"state": "A String", # The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
},
"spec": { # CommonFeatureSpec contains Hub-wide configuration information # Optional. Hub-wide Feature configuration. If this Feature does not support any Hub-wide configuration, this field may be unused.
- "cloudauditlogging": { # Spec for Audit Logging Allowlisting. # Cloud Audit Logging-specific spec.
+ "cloudauditlogging": { # **Cloud Audit Logging**: Spec for Audit Logging Allowlisting. # Cloud Audit Logging-specific spec.
"allowlistedServiceAccounts": [ # Service account that should be allowlisted to send the audit logs; eg cloudauditlogging@gcp-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com. These accounts must already exist, but do not need to have any permissions granted to them. The customer's entitlements will be checked prior to allowlisting (i.e. the customer must be an Anthos customer.)
"A String",
],
},
- "multiclusteringress": { # FeatureSpec contains the input for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
+ "multiclusteringress": { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
"billing": "A String", # Customer's billing structure
"configMembership": "A String", # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
},
},
"state": { # CommonFeatureState contains Hub-wide Feature status information. # Output only. The Hub-wide Feature state.
- "servicemesh": { # FeatureState describes the state of the Service Mesh Hub Feature as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller, for the whole Hub. # Service Mesh-specific state.
+ "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for the whole Hub, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state.
"analysisMessages": [ # Output only. Results of running Service Mesh analyzers.
{ # AnalysisMessage is a single message produced by an analyzer, and it used to communicate to the end user about the state of their Service Mesh configuration.
"args": { # A UI can combine these args with a template (based on message_base.type) to produce an internationalized message.
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipStates": { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature's project number.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # State for Anthos Config Management # Config Management-specific state.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
"binauthzState": { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
"version": { # The version of binauthz. # The version of binauthz that is installed.
"webhookVersion": "A String", # The version of the binauthz webhook.
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ Method Details
"hnc": "A String", # Version for open source HNC
},
},
- "membershipSpec": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
+ "membershipSpec": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -910,11 +910,11 @@ Method Details
},
},
},
- "metering": { # Metering per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
+ "metering": { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
"lastMeasurementTime": "A String", # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
"preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity": 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
},
- "servicemesh": { # MembershipState describes the state of the Service Mesh Hub Feature as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller, for single Membership. # Service Mesh-specific state.
+ "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state.
"analysisMessages": [ # Output only. Results of running Service Mesh analyzers.
{ # AnalysisMessage is a single message produced by an analyzer, and it used to communicate to the end user about the state of their Service Mesh configuration.
"args": { # A UI can combine these args with a template (based on message_base.type) to produce an internationalized message.
@@ -947,18 +947,18 @@ Method Details
"state": "A String", # The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
},
"spec": { # CommonFeatureSpec contains Hub-wide configuration information # Optional. Hub-wide Feature configuration. If this Feature does not support any Hub-wide configuration, this field may be unused.
- "cloudauditlogging": { # Spec for Audit Logging Allowlisting. # Cloud Audit Logging-specific spec.
+ "cloudauditlogging": { # **Cloud Audit Logging**: Spec for Audit Logging Allowlisting. # Cloud Audit Logging-specific spec.
"allowlistedServiceAccounts": [ # Service account that should be allowlisted to send the audit logs; eg cloudauditlogging@gcp-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com. These accounts must already exist, but do not need to have any permissions granted to them. The customer's entitlements will be checked prior to allowlisting (i.e. the customer must be an Anthos customer.)
"A String",
],
},
- "multiclusteringress": { # FeatureSpec contains the input for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
+ "multiclusteringress": { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
"billing": "A String", # Customer's billing structure
"configMembership": "A String", # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
},
},
"state": { # CommonFeatureState contains Hub-wide Feature status information. # Output only. The Hub-wide Feature state.
- "servicemesh": { # FeatureState describes the state of the Service Mesh Hub Feature as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller, for the whole Hub. # Service Mesh-specific state.
+ "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for the whole Hub, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state.
"analysisMessages": [ # Output only. Results of running Service Mesh analyzers.
{ # AnalysisMessage is a single message produced by an analyzer, and it used to communicate to the end user about the state of their Service Mesh configuration.
"args": { # A UI can combine these args with a template (based on message_base.type) to produce an internationalized message.
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipStates": { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature's project number.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # State for Anthos Config Management # Config Management-specific state.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
"binauthzState": { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
"version": { # The version of binauthz. # The version of binauthz that is installed.
"webhookVersion": "A String", # The version of the binauthz webhook.
@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ Method Details
"hnc": "A String", # Version for open source HNC
},
},
- "membershipSpec": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
+ "membershipSpec": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -1175,11 +1175,11 @@ Method Details
},
},
},
- "metering": { # Metering per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
+ "metering": { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
"lastMeasurementTime": "A String", # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
"preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity": 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
},
- "servicemesh": { # MembershipState describes the state of the Service Mesh Hub Feature as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller, for single Membership. # Service Mesh-specific state.
+ "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state.
"analysisMessages": [ # Output only. Results of running Service Mesh analyzers.
{ # AnalysisMessage is a single message produced by an analyzer, and it used to communicate to the end user about the state of their Service Mesh configuration.
"args": { # A UI can combine these args with a template (based on message_base.type) to produce an internationalized message.
@@ -1212,18 +1212,18 @@ Method Details
"state": "A String", # The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
},
"spec": { # CommonFeatureSpec contains Hub-wide configuration information # Optional. Hub-wide Feature configuration. If this Feature does not support any Hub-wide configuration, this field may be unused.
- "cloudauditlogging": { # Spec for Audit Logging Allowlisting. # Cloud Audit Logging-specific spec.
+ "cloudauditlogging": { # **Cloud Audit Logging**: Spec for Audit Logging Allowlisting. # Cloud Audit Logging-specific spec.
"allowlistedServiceAccounts": [ # Service account that should be allowlisted to send the audit logs; eg cloudauditlogging@gcp-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com. These accounts must already exist, but do not need to have any permissions granted to them. The customer's entitlements will be checked prior to allowlisting (i.e. the customer must be an Anthos customer.)
"A String",
],
},
- "multiclusteringress": { # FeatureSpec contains the input for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
+ "multiclusteringress": { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
"billing": "A String", # Customer's billing structure
"configMembership": "A String", # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
},
},
"state": { # CommonFeatureState contains Hub-wide Feature status information. # Output only. The Hub-wide Feature state.
- "servicemesh": { # FeatureState describes the state of the Service Mesh Hub Feature as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller, for the whole Hub. # Service Mesh-specific state.
+ "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for the whole Hub, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state.
"analysisMessages": [ # Output only. Results of running Service Mesh analyzers.
{ # AnalysisMessage is a single message produced by an analyzer, and it used to communicate to the end user about the state of their Service Mesh configuration.
"args": { # A UI can combine these args with a template (based on message_base.type) to produce an internationalized message.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html
index 7ab8ed2925b..35b3afd2115 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html
@@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
create(parent, body=None, membershipId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-Adds a new Membership.
+Creates a new Membership. **This is currently only supported for GKE clusters on Google Cloud**. To register other clusters, follow the instructions at https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/registering-a-cluster.
delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
-Removes a Membership.
+Removes a Membership. **This is currently only supported for GKE clusters on Google Cloud**. To unregister other clusters, follow the instructions at https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/unregistering-a-cluster.
generateConnectManifest(name, imagePullSecretContent=None, isUpgrade=None, namespace=None, proxy=None, registry=None, version=None, x__xgafv=None)
-Generates the manifest for deployment of the GKE connect agent.
+Generates the manifest for deployment of the GKE connect agent. **This method is used internally by Google-provided libraries.** Most clients should not need to call this method directly.
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the details of a Membership.
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Method Details
create(parent, body=None, membershipId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-
Adds a new Membership.
+ Creates a new Membership. **This is currently only supported for GKE clusters on Google Cloud**. To register other clusters, follow the instructions at https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/registering-a-cluster.
Args:
parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the Memberships will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Method Details
delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
-
Removes a Membership.
+ Removes a Membership. **This is currently only supported for GKE clusters on Google Cloud**. To unregister other clusters, follow the instructions at https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/unregistering-a-cluster.
Args:
name: string, Required. The Membership resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*`. (required)
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Method Details
generateConnectManifest(name, imagePullSecretContent=None, isUpgrade=None, namespace=None, proxy=None, registry=None, version=None, x__xgafv=None)
-
Generates the manifest for deployment of the GKE connect agent.
+ Generates the manifest for deployment of the GKE connect agent. **This method is used internally by Google-provided libraries.** Most clients should not need to call this method directly.
Args:
name: string, Required. The Membership resource name the Agent will associate with, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
index f857658e3c5..0e6a9581784 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipStates": { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature's project number.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # State for Anthos Config Management # Config Management-specific state.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
"binauthzState": { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
"version": { # The version of binauthz. # The version of binauthz that is installed.
"webhookVersion": "A String", # The version of the binauthz webhook.
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Method Details
"hnc": "A String", # Version for open source HNC
},
},
- "membershipSpec": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
+ "membershipSpec": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ Method Details
},
},
},
- "metering": { # Metering per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
+ "metering": { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
"lastMeasurementTime": "A String", # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
"preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity": 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
},
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ Method Details
"state": "A String", # The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
},
"spec": { # CommonFeatureSpec contains Hub-wide configuration information # Optional. Hub-wide Feature configuration. If this Feature does not support any Hub-wide configuration, this field may be unused.
- "multiclusteringress": { # FeatureSpec contains the input for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
+ "multiclusteringress": { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
"billing": "A String", # Customer's billing structure
"configMembership": "A String", # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
},
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipStates": { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature's project number.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # State for Anthos Config Management # Config Management-specific state.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
"binauthzState": { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
"version": { # The version of binauthz. # The version of binauthz that is installed.
"webhookVersion": "A String", # The version of the binauthz webhook.
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ Method Details
"hnc": "A String", # Version for open source HNC
},
},
- "membershipSpec": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
+ "membershipSpec": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ Method Details
},
},
},
- "metering": { # Metering per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
+ "metering": { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
"lastMeasurementTime": "A String", # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
"preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity": 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
},
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ Method Details
"state": "A String", # The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
},
"spec": { # CommonFeatureSpec contains Hub-wide configuration information # Optional. Hub-wide Feature configuration. If this Feature does not support any Hub-wide configuration, this field may be unused.
- "multiclusteringress": { # FeatureSpec contains the input for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
+ "multiclusteringress": { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
"billing": "A String", # Customer's billing structure
"configMembership": "A String", # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
},
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipStates": { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature's project number.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # State for Anthos Config Management # Config Management-specific state.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
"binauthzState": { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
"version": { # The version of binauthz. # The version of binauthz that is installed.
"webhookVersion": "A String", # The version of the binauthz webhook.
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ Method Details
"hnc": "A String", # Version for open source HNC
},
},
- "membershipSpec": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
+ "membershipSpec": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ Method Details
},
},
},
- "metering": { # Metering per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
+ "metering": { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
"lastMeasurementTime": "A String", # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
"preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity": 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
},
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ Method Details
"state": "A String", # The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
},
"spec": { # CommonFeatureSpec contains Hub-wide configuration information # Optional. Hub-wide Feature configuration. If this Feature does not support any Hub-wide configuration, this field may be unused.
- "multiclusteringress": { # FeatureSpec contains the input for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
+ "multiclusteringress": { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
"billing": "A String", # Customer's billing structure
"configMembership": "A String", # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
},
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ Method Details
},
"membershipStates": { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature's project number.
"a_key": { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
- "configmanagement": { # State for Anthos Config Management # Config Management-specific state.
+ "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
"binauthzState": { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
"version": { # The version of binauthz. # The version of binauthz that is installed.
"webhookVersion": "A String", # The version of the binauthz webhook.
@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ Method Details
"hnc": "A String", # Version for open source HNC
},
},
- "membershipSpec": { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
+ "membershipSpec": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state
"binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
"enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
},
@@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ Method Details
},
},
},
- "metering": { # Metering per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
+ "metering": { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
"lastMeasurementTime": "A String", # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
"preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity": 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
},
@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ Method Details
"state": "A String", # The current state of the Feature resource in the Hub API.
},
"spec": { # CommonFeatureSpec contains Hub-wide configuration information # Optional. Hub-wide Feature configuration. If this Feature does not support any Hub-wide configuration, this field may be unused.
- "multiclusteringress": { # FeatureSpec contains the input for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
+ "multiclusteringress": { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
"billing": "A String", # Customer's billing structure
"configMembership": "A String", # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html
index 2dcf5035225..d40dbed67cd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html
@@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
create(parent, body=None, membershipId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-Adds a new Membership.
+Creates a new Membership. **This is currently only supported for GKE clusters on Google Cloud**. To register other clusters, follow the instructions at https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/registering-a-cluster.
delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-Removes a Membership.
+Removes a Membership. **This is currently only supported for GKE clusters on Google Cloud**. To unregister other clusters, follow the instructions at https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/unregistering-a-cluster.
generateConnectManifest(name, connectAgent_name=None, connectAgent_namespace=None, connectAgent_proxy=None, imagePullSecretContent=None, isUpgrade=None, registry=None, version=None, x__xgafv=None)
-Generates the manifest for deployment of the GKE connect agent.
+Generates the manifest for deployment of the GKE connect agent. **This method is used internally by Google-provided libraries.** Most clients should not need to call this method directly.
generateExclusivityManifest(name, crManifest=None, crdManifest=None, x__xgafv=None)
GenerateExclusivityManifest generates the manifests to update the exclusivity artifacts in the cluster if needed. Exclusivity artifacts include the Membership custom resource definition (CRD) and the singleton Membership custom resource (CR). Combined with ValidateExclusivity, exclusivity artifacts guarantee that a Kubernetes cluster is only registered to a single GKE Hub. The Membership CRD is versioned, and may require conversion when the GKE Hub API server begins serving a newer version of the CRD and corresponding CR. The response will be the converted CRD and CR if there are any differences between the versions.
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Method Details
create(parent, body=None, membershipId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-
Adds a new Membership.
+ Creates a new Membership. **This is currently only supported for GKE clusters on Google Cloud**. To register other clusters, follow the instructions at https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/registering-a-cluster.
Args:
parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the Memberships will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Method Details
delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-
Removes a Membership.
+ Removes a Membership. **This is currently only supported for GKE clusters on Google Cloud**. To unregister other clusters, follow the instructions at https://cloud.google.com/anthos/multicluster-management/connect/unregistering-a-cluster.
Args:
name: string, Required. The Membership resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*`. (required)
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Method Details
generateConnectManifest(name, connectAgent_name=None, connectAgent_namespace=None, connectAgent_proxy=None, imagePullSecretContent=None, isUpgrade=None, registry=None, version=None, x__xgafv=None)
-
Generates the manifest for deployment of the GKE connect agent.
+ Generates the manifest for deployment of the GKE connect agent. **This method is used internally by Google-provided libraries.** Most clients should not need to call this method directly.
Args:
name: string, Required. The Membership resource name the Agent will associate with, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/memberships/*`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md
index e9c5b04c47d..8c3ccbaf5ae 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/index.md
+++ b/docs/dyn/index.md
@@ -727,6 +727,10 @@
* [v1alpha](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1alpha.html)
+## recaptchaenterprise
+* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.html)
+
+
## recommendationengine
* [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.html)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.logs.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.logs.html
index 447deb5cfcc..540a62ccaca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.logs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.logs.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Method Details
Deletes all the log entries in a log for the _Default Log Bucket. The log reappears if it receives new entries. Log entries written shortly before the delete operation might not be deleted. Entries received after the delete operation with a timestamp before the operation will be deleted.
Args:
- logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, "projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog".For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
+ logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, "projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog", "organizations/123/logs/cloudaudit.googleapis.com%2Factivity".For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
index 820e77f3284..251d06dd5b8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
@@ -148,11 +148,11 @@ Method Details
"jsonPayload": { # The log entry payload, represented as a structure that is expressed as a JSON object.
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
},
- "labels": { # Optional. A set of user-defined (key, value) data that provides additional information about the log entry.Cloud Logging truncates label keys that exceed 512 B and label values that exceed 64 KB upon their associated log entry being written. The truncation is indicated by an ellipsis at the end of the character string.
+ "labels": { # Optional. A map of key, value pairs that provides additional information about the log entry. The labels can be user-defined or system-defined.User-defined labels are arbitrary key, value pairs that you can use to classify logs.System-defined labels are defined by GCP services for platform logs. They have two components - a service namespace component and the attribute name. For example: compute.googleapis.com/resource_name.Cloud Logging truncates label keys that exceed 512 B and label values that exceed 64 KB upon their associated log entry being written. The truncation is indicated by an ellipsis at the end of the character string.
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "logName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the log to which this log entry belongs: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" A project number may be used in place of PROJECT_ID. The project number is translated to its corresponding PROJECT_ID internally and the log_name field will contain PROJECT_ID in queries and exports.[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded within log_name. Example: "organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity". [LOG_ID] must be less than 512 characters long and can only include the following characters: upper and lower case alphanumeric characters, forward-slash, underscore, hyphen, and period.For backward compatibility, if log_name begins with a forward-slash, such as /projects/..., then the log entry is ingested as usual but the forward-slash is removed. Listing the log entry will not show the leading slash and filtering for a log name with a leading slash will never return any results.
- "metadata": { # Auxiliary metadata for a MonitoredResource object. MonitoredResource objects contain the minimum set of information to uniquely identify a monitored resource instance. There is some other useful auxiliary metadata. Monitoring and Logging use an ingestion pipeline to extract metadata for cloud resources of all types, and store the metadata in this message. # Output only. Deprecated. Additional metadata about the monitored resource.Only k8s_container, k8s_pod, and k8s_node MonitoredResources have this field populated for GKE versions older than 1.12.6. For GKE versions 1.12.6 and above, the metadata field has been deprecated. The Kubernetes pod labels that used to be in metadata.userLabels will now be present in the labels field with a key prefix of k8s-pod/. The system labels that were present in the metadata.systemLabels field will no longer be available in the log entry.
+ "logName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the log to which this log entry belongs: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" A project number may be used in place of PROJECT_ID. The project number is translated to its corresponding PROJECT_ID internally and the log_name field will contain PROJECT_ID in queries and exports.[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded within log_name. Example: "organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".[LOG_ID] must be less than 512 characters long and can only include the following characters: upper and lower case alphanumeric characters, forward-slash, underscore, hyphen, and period.For backward compatibility, if log_name begins with a forward-slash, such as /projects/..., then the log entry is ingested as usual, but the forward-slash is removed. Listing the log entry will not show the leading slash and filtering for a log name with a leading slash will never return any results.
+ "metadata": { # Auxiliary metadata for a MonitoredResource object. MonitoredResource objects contain the minimum set of information to uniquely identify a monitored resource instance. There is some other useful auxiliary metadata. Monitoring and Logging use an ingestion pipeline to extract metadata for cloud resources of all types, and store the metadata in this message. # Output only. Deprecated. This field is not used by Logging. Any value written to it is cleared.
"systemLabels": { # Output only. Values for predefined system metadata labels. System labels are a kind of metadata extracted by Google, including "machine_image", "vpc", "subnet_id", "security_group", "name", etc. System label values can be only strings, Boolean values, or a list of strings. For example: { "name": "my-test-instance", "security_group": ["a", "b", "c"], "spot_instance": false }
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
},
@@ -255,11 +255,11 @@ Method Details
"jsonPayload": { # The log entry payload, represented as a structure that is expressed as a JSON object.
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
},
- "labels": { # Optional. A set of user-defined (key, value) data that provides additional information about the log entry.Cloud Logging truncates label keys that exceed 512 B and label values that exceed 64 KB upon their associated log entry being written. The truncation is indicated by an ellipsis at the end of the character string.
+ "labels": { # Optional. A map of key, value pairs that provides additional information about the log entry. The labels can be user-defined or system-defined.User-defined labels are arbitrary key, value pairs that you can use to classify logs.System-defined labels are defined by GCP services for platform logs. They have two components - a service namespace component and the attribute name. For example: compute.googleapis.com/resource_name.Cloud Logging truncates label keys that exceed 512 B and label values that exceed 64 KB upon their associated log entry being written. The truncation is indicated by an ellipsis at the end of the character string.
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "logName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the log to which this log entry belongs: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" A project number may be used in place of PROJECT_ID. The project number is translated to its corresponding PROJECT_ID internally and the log_name field will contain PROJECT_ID in queries and exports.[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded within log_name. Example: "organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity". [LOG_ID] must be less than 512 characters long and can only include the following characters: upper and lower case alphanumeric characters, forward-slash, underscore, hyphen, and period.For backward compatibility, if log_name begins with a forward-slash, such as /projects/..., then the log entry is ingested as usual but the forward-slash is removed. Listing the log entry will not show the leading slash and filtering for a log name with a leading slash will never return any results.
- "metadata": { # Auxiliary metadata for a MonitoredResource object. MonitoredResource objects contain the minimum set of information to uniquely identify a monitored resource instance. There is some other useful auxiliary metadata. Monitoring and Logging use an ingestion pipeline to extract metadata for cloud resources of all types, and store the metadata in this message. # Output only. Deprecated. Additional metadata about the monitored resource.Only k8s_container, k8s_pod, and k8s_node MonitoredResources have this field populated for GKE versions older than 1.12.6. For GKE versions 1.12.6 and above, the metadata field has been deprecated. The Kubernetes pod labels that used to be in metadata.userLabels will now be present in the labels field with a key prefix of k8s-pod/. The system labels that were present in the metadata.systemLabels field will no longer be available in the log entry.
+ "logName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the log to which this log entry belongs: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" A project number may be used in place of PROJECT_ID. The project number is translated to its corresponding PROJECT_ID internally and the log_name field will contain PROJECT_ID in queries and exports.[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded within log_name. Example: "organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".[LOG_ID] must be less than 512 characters long and can only include the following characters: upper and lower case alphanumeric characters, forward-slash, underscore, hyphen, and period.For backward compatibility, if log_name begins with a forward-slash, such as /projects/..., then the log entry is ingested as usual, but the forward-slash is removed. Listing the log entry will not show the leading slash and filtering for a log name with a leading slash will never return any results.
+ "metadata": { # Auxiliary metadata for a MonitoredResource object. MonitoredResource objects contain the minimum set of information to uniquely identify a monitored resource instance. There is some other useful auxiliary metadata. Monitoring and Logging use an ingestion pipeline to extract metadata for cloud resources of all types, and store the metadata in this message. # Output only. Deprecated. This field is not used by Logging. Any value written to it is cleared.
"systemLabels": { # Output only. Values for predefined system metadata labels. System labels are a kind of metadata extracted by Google, including "machine_image", "vpc", "subnet_id", "security_group", "name", etc. System label values can be only strings, Boolean values, or a list of strings. For example: { "name": "my-test-instance", "security_group": ["a", "b", "c"], "spot_instance": false }
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
},
@@ -338,11 +338,11 @@ Method Details
"jsonPayload": { # The log entry payload, represented as a structure that is expressed as a JSON object.
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
},
- "labels": { # Optional. A set of user-defined (key, value) data that provides additional information about the log entry.Cloud Logging truncates label keys that exceed 512 B and label values that exceed 64 KB upon their associated log entry being written. The truncation is indicated by an ellipsis at the end of the character string.
+ "labels": { # Optional. A map of key, value pairs that provides additional information about the log entry. The labels can be user-defined or system-defined.User-defined labels are arbitrary key, value pairs that you can use to classify logs.System-defined labels are defined by GCP services for platform logs. They have two components - a service namespace component and the attribute name. For example: compute.googleapis.com/resource_name.Cloud Logging truncates label keys that exceed 512 B and label values that exceed 64 KB upon their associated log entry being written. The truncation is indicated by an ellipsis at the end of the character string.
"a_key": "A String",
},
- "logName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the log to which this log entry belongs: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" A project number may be used in place of PROJECT_ID. The project number is translated to its corresponding PROJECT_ID internally and the log_name field will contain PROJECT_ID in queries and exports.[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded within log_name. Example: "organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity". [LOG_ID] must be less than 512 characters long and can only include the following characters: upper and lower case alphanumeric characters, forward-slash, underscore, hyphen, and period.For backward compatibility, if log_name begins with a forward-slash, such as /projects/..., then the log entry is ingested as usual but the forward-slash is removed. Listing the log entry will not show the leading slash and filtering for a log name with a leading slash will never return any results.
- "metadata": { # Auxiliary metadata for a MonitoredResource object. MonitoredResource objects contain the minimum set of information to uniquely identify a monitored resource instance. There is some other useful auxiliary metadata. Monitoring and Logging use an ingestion pipeline to extract metadata for cloud resources of all types, and store the metadata in this message. # Output only. Deprecated. Additional metadata about the monitored resource.Only k8s_container, k8s_pod, and k8s_node MonitoredResources have this field populated for GKE versions older than 1.12.6. For GKE versions 1.12.6 and above, the metadata field has been deprecated. The Kubernetes pod labels that used to be in metadata.userLabels will now be present in the labels field with a key prefix of k8s-pod/. The system labels that were present in the metadata.systemLabels field will no longer be available in the log entry.
+ "logName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the log to which this log entry belongs: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" A project number may be used in place of PROJECT_ID. The project number is translated to its corresponding PROJECT_ID internally and the log_name field will contain PROJECT_ID in queries and exports.[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded within log_name. Example: "organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".[LOG_ID] must be less than 512 characters long and can only include the following characters: upper and lower case alphanumeric characters, forward-slash, underscore, hyphen, and period.For backward compatibility, if log_name begins with a forward-slash, such as /projects/..., then the log entry is ingested as usual, but the forward-slash is removed. Listing the log entry will not show the leading slash and filtering for a log name with a leading slash will never return any results.
+ "metadata": { # Auxiliary metadata for a MonitoredResource object. MonitoredResource objects contain the minimum set of information to uniquely identify a monitored resource instance. There is some other useful auxiliary metadata. Monitoring and Logging use an ingestion pipeline to extract metadata for cloud resources of all types, and store the metadata in this message. # Output only. Deprecated. This field is not used by Logging. Any value written to it is cleared.
"systemLabels": { # Output only. Values for predefined system metadata labels. System labels are a kind of metadata extracted by Google, including "machine_image", "vpc", "subnet_id", "security_group", "name", etc. System label values can be only strings, Boolean values, or a list of strings. For example: { "name": "my-test-instance", "security_group": ["a", "b", "c"], "spot_instance": false }
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.logs.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.logs.html
index a390b12ed43..268bee8ce4f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.logs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.logs.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Method Details
Deletes all the log entries in a log for the _Default Log Bucket. The log reappears if it receives new entries. Log entries written shortly before the delete operation might not be deleted. Entries received after the delete operation with a timestamp before the operation will be deleted.
Args:
- logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, "projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog".For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
+ logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, "projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog", "organizations/123/logs/cloudaudit.googleapis.com%2Factivity".For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.logs.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.logs.html
index b68eb2e3e88..83cab718894 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.logs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.logs.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Method Details
Deletes all the log entries in a log for the _Default Log Bucket. The log reappears if it receives new entries. Log entries written shortly before the delete operation might not be deleted. Entries received after the delete operation with a timestamp before the operation will be deleted.
Args:
- logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, "projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog".For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
+ logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, "projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog", "organizations/123/logs/cloudaudit.googleapis.com%2Factivity".For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.logs.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.logs.html
index 878a3598633..dc7612edb93 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.logs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.logs.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Method Details
Deletes all the log entries in a log for the _Default Log Bucket. The log reappears if it receives new entries. Log entries written shortly before the delete operation might not be deleted. Entries received after the delete operation with a timestamp before the operation will be deleted.
Args:
- logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, "projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog".For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
+ logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, "projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog", "organizations/123/logs/cloudaudit.googleapis.com%2Factivity".For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.logs.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.logs.html
index da288b4fcb8..7b0ad27e839 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.logs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.logs.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Method Details
Deletes all the log entries in a log for the _Default Log Bucket. The log reappears if it receives new entries. Log entries written shortly before the delete operation might not be deleted. Entries received after the delete operation with a timestamp before the operation will be deleted.
Args:
- logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, "projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog".For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
+ logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, "projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog", "organizations/123/logs/cloudaudit.googleapis.com%2Factivity".For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.metrics.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.metrics.html
index d8e7c08da38..416b008ddcd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.metrics.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.metrics.html
@@ -130,6 +130,7 @@ Method Details
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the metric.This field may not be present for older metrics.
"description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this metric, which is used in documentation. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+ "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this metric is disabled and it does not generate any points.
"filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced_filters) which is used to match log entries. Example: "resource.type=gae_app AND severity>=ERROR" The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters.
"labelExtractors": { # Optional. A map from a label key string to an extractor expression which is used to extract data from a log entry field and assign as the label value. Each label key specified in the LabelDescriptor must have an associated extractor expression in this map. The syntax of the extractor expression is the same as for the value_extractor field.The extracted value is converted to the type defined in the label descriptor. If the either the extraction or the type conversion fails, the label will have a default value. The default value for a string label is an empty string, for an integer label its 0, and for a boolean label its false.Note that there are upper bounds on the maximum number of labels and the number of active time series that are allowed in a project.
"a_key": "A String",
@@ -193,6 +194,7 @@ Method Details
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the metric.This field may not be present for older metrics.
"description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this metric, which is used in documentation. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+ "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this metric is disabled and it does not generate any points.
"filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced_filters) which is used to match log entries. Example: "resource.type=gae_app AND severity>=ERROR" The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters.
"labelExtractors": { # Optional. A map from a label key string to an extractor expression which is used to extract data from a log entry field and assign as the label value. Each label key specified in the LabelDescriptor must have an associated extractor expression in this map. The syntax of the extractor expression is the same as for the value_extractor field.The extracted value is converted to the type defined in the label descriptor. If the either the extraction or the type conversion fails, the label will have a default value. The default value for a string label is an empty string, for an integer label its 0, and for a boolean label its false.Note that there are upper bounds on the maximum number of labels and the number of active time series that are allowed in a project.
"a_key": "A String",
@@ -281,6 +283,7 @@ Method Details
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the metric.This field may not be present for older metrics.
"description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this metric, which is used in documentation. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+ "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this metric is disabled and it does not generate any points.
"filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced_filters) which is used to match log entries. Example: "resource.type=gae_app AND severity>=ERROR" The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters.
"labelExtractors": { # Optional. A map from a label key string to an extractor expression which is used to extract data from a log entry field and assign as the label value. Each label key specified in the LabelDescriptor must have an associated extractor expression in this map. The syntax of the extractor expression is the same as for the value_extractor field.The extracted value is converted to the type defined in the label descriptor. If the either the extraction or the type conversion fails, the label will have a default value. The default value for a string label is an empty string, for an integer label its 0, and for a boolean label its false.Note that there are upper bounds on the maximum number of labels and the number of active time series that are allowed in a project.
"a_key": "A String",
@@ -355,6 +358,7 @@ Method Details
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the metric.This field may not be present for older metrics.
"description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this metric, which is used in documentation. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+ "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this metric is disabled and it does not generate any points.
"filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced_filters) which is used to match log entries. Example: "resource.type=gae_app AND severity>=ERROR" The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters.
"labelExtractors": { # Optional. A map from a label key string to an extractor expression which is used to extract data from a log entry field and assign as the label value. Each label key specified in the LabelDescriptor must have an associated extractor expression in this map. The syntax of the extractor expression is the same as for the value_extractor field.The extracted value is converted to the type defined in the label descriptor. If the either the extraction or the type conversion fails, the label will have a default value. The default value for a string label is an empty string, for an integer label its 0, and for a boolean label its false.Note that there are upper bounds on the maximum number of labels and the number of active time series that are allowed in a project.
"a_key": "A String",
@@ -437,6 +441,7 @@ Method Details
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the metric.This field may not be present for older metrics.
"description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this metric, which is used in documentation. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+ "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this metric is disabled and it does not generate any points.
"filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced_filters) which is used to match log entries. Example: "resource.type=gae_app AND severity>=ERROR" The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters.
"labelExtractors": { # Optional. A map from a label key string to an extractor expression which is used to extract data from a log entry field and assign as the label value. Each label key specified in the LabelDescriptor must have an associated extractor expression in this map. The syntax of the extractor expression is the same as for the value_extractor field.The extracted value is converted to the type defined in the label descriptor. If the either the extraction or the type conversion fails, the label will have a default value. The default value for a string label is an empty string, for an integer label its 0, and for a boolean label its false.Note that there are upper bounds on the maximum number of labels and the number of active time series that are allowed in a project.
"a_key": "A String",
@@ -500,6 +505,7 @@ Method Details
},
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the metric.This field may not be present for older metrics.
"description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this metric, which is used in documentation. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+ "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this metric is disabled and it does not generate any points.
"filter": "A String", # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced_filters) which is used to match log entries. Example: "resource.type=gae_app AND severity>=ERROR" The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters.
"labelExtractors": { # Optional. A map from a label key string to an extractor expression which is used to extract data from a log entry field and assign as the label value. Each label key specified in the LabelDescriptor must have an associated extractor expression in this map. The syntax of the extractor expression is the same as for the value_extractor field.The extracted value is converted to the type defined in the label descriptor. If the either the extraction or the type conversion fails, the label will have a default value. The default value for a string label is an empty string, for an integer label its 0, and for a boolean label its false.Note that there are upper bounds on the maximum number of labels and the number of active time series that are allowed in a project.
"a_key": "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.topicStats.projects.locations.topics.html b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.topicStats.projects.locations.topics.html
index a9ccf275606..477234d40b0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.topicStats.projects.locations.topics.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.topicStats.projects.locations.topics.html
@@ -83,6 +83,9 @@ Instance Methods
computeMessageStats(topic, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Compute statistics about a range of messages in a given topic and partition.
+
+ computeTimeCursor(topic, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Compute the corresponding cursor for a publish or event time in a topic partition.
Method Details
close()
@@ -152,4 +155,36 @@
Method Details
}
+
+
computeTimeCursor(topic, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+
Compute the corresponding cursor for a publish or event time in a topic partition.
+
+Args:
+ topic: string, Required. The topic for which we should compute the cursor. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Compute the corresponding cursor for a publish or event time in a topic partition.
+ "partition": "A String", # Required. The partition for which we should compute the cursor.
+ "target": { # A target publish or event time. Can be used for seeking to or retrieving the corresponding cursor. # Required. The target publish or event time. Specifying a future time will return an unset cursor.
+ "eventTime": "A String", # Request the cursor of the first message with event time greater than or equal to `event_time`. If messages are missing an event time, the publish time is used as a fallback. As event times are user supplied, subsequent messages may have event times less than `event_time` and should be filtered by the client, if necessary.
+ "publishTime": "A String", # Request the cursor of the first message with publish time greater than or equal to `publish_time`. All messages thereafter are guaranteed to have publish times >= `publish_time`.
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response containing the cursor corresponding to a publish or event time in a topic partition.
+ "cursor": { # A cursor that describes the position of a message within a topic partition. # If present, the cursor references the first message with time greater than or equal to the specified target time. If such a message cannot be found, the cursor will be unset (i.e. `cursor` is not present).
+ "offset": "A String", # The offset of a message within a topic partition. Must be greater than or equal 0.
+ },
+}
+
+